| 1 | # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29. |
| 2 | # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | import _core_ |
| 5 | import new |
| 6 | new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod |
| 7 | def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1): |
| 8 | if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value) |
| 9 | if (name == "this"): |
| 10 | if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject': |
| 11 | self.__dict__[name] = value |
| 12 | return |
| 13 | method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None) |
| 14 | if method: return method(self,value) |
| 15 | if (not static) or hasattr(self,name): |
| 16 | self.__dict__[name] = value |
| 17 | else: |
| 18 | raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self) |
| 19 | |
| 20 | def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value): |
| 21 | return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0) |
| 22 | |
| 23 | def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name): |
| 24 | if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own() |
| 25 | method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None) |
| 26 | if method: return method(self) |
| 27 | raise AttributeError,name |
| 28 | |
| 29 | def _swig_repr(self): |
| 30 | try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__() |
| 31 | except: strthis = "" |
| 32 | return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,) |
| 33 | |
| 34 | import types |
| 35 | try: |
| 36 | _object = types.ObjectType |
| 37 | _newclass = 1 |
| 38 | except AttributeError: |
| 39 | class _object : pass |
| 40 | _newclass = 0 |
| 41 | del types |
| 42 | |
| 43 | |
| 44 | def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): |
| 45 | def set_attr(self,name,value): |
| 46 | if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value) |
| 47 | if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"): |
| 48 | set(self,name,value) |
| 49 | else: |
| 50 | raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self) |
| 51 | return set_attr |
| 52 | |
| 53 | |
| 54 | #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension |
| 55 | #// code. |
| 56 | _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars()) |
| 57 | |
| 58 | #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can |
| 59 | #// be used here. |
| 60 | import sys as _sys |
| 61 | wx = _sys.modules[__name__] |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 65 | |
| 66 | def _deprecated(callable, msg=None): |
| 67 | """ |
| 68 | Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning |
| 69 | before calling the callable. |
| 70 | """ |
| 71 | if msg is None: |
| 72 | msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable |
| 73 | def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs): |
| 74 | import warnings |
| 75 | warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2) |
| 76 | return callable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 77 | deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg |
| 78 | return deprecatedWrapper |
| 79 | |
| 80 | |
| 81 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 82 | |
| 83 | NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND |
| 84 | VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL |
| 85 | HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL |
| 86 | CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION |
| 87 | DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER |
| 88 | SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER |
| 89 | RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER |
| 90 | BORDER = _core_.BORDER |
| 91 | SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER |
| 92 | STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER |
| 93 | TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW |
| 94 | NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER |
| 95 | DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER |
| 96 | DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE |
| 97 | TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL |
| 98 | WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS |
| 99 | POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW |
| 100 | CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME |
| 101 | CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN |
| 102 | CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN |
| 103 | CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN |
| 104 | CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS |
| 105 | WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK |
| 106 | ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB |
| 107 | RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED |
| 108 | BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE |
| 109 | COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED |
| 110 | FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH |
| 111 | LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB |
| 112 | LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB |
| 113 | LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT |
| 114 | LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE |
| 115 | LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE |
| 116 | LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED |
| 117 | LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW |
| 118 | LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL |
| 119 | PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER |
| 120 | PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD |
| 121 | CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE |
| 122 | CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN |
| 123 | CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT |
| 124 | CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY |
| 125 | RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL |
| 126 | RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL |
| 127 | RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS |
| 128 | RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS |
| 129 | RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX |
| 130 | RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP |
| 131 | RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE |
| 132 | SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL |
| 133 | SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL |
| 134 | RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX |
| 135 | ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP |
| 136 | ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE |
| 137 | ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE |
| 138 | ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END |
| 139 | FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE |
| 140 | FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER |
| 141 | ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE |
| 142 | WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE |
| 143 | TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP |
| 144 | TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM |
| 145 | TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT |
| 146 | TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT |
| 147 | OK = _core_.OK |
| 148 | YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO |
| 149 | CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL |
| 150 | YES = _core_.YES |
| 151 | NO = _core_.NO |
| 152 | NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT |
| 153 | YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT |
| 154 | ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION |
| 155 | ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND |
| 156 | ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION |
| 157 | ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION |
| 158 | ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP |
| 159 | ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK |
| 160 | ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK |
| 161 | ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING |
| 162 | ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR |
| 163 | FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD |
| 164 | BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD |
| 165 | RESET = _core_.RESET |
| 166 | HELP = _core_.HELP |
| 167 | MORE = _core_.MORE |
| 168 | SETUP = _core_.SETUP |
| 169 | SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH |
| 170 | SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT |
| 171 | SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO |
| 172 | SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING |
| 173 | SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE |
| 174 | SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE |
| 175 | PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT |
| 176 | LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE |
| 177 | PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH |
| 178 | PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM |
| 179 | PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW |
| 180 | PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT |
| 181 | ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY |
| 182 | ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR |
| 183 | ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE |
| 184 | ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST |
| 185 | ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN |
| 186 | ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE |
| 187 | ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW |
| 188 | ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE |
| 189 | ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS |
| 190 | ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT |
| 191 | ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT |
| 192 | ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO |
| 193 | ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO |
| 194 | ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP |
| 195 | ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT |
| 196 | ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP |
| 197 | ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP |
| 198 | ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW |
| 199 | ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT |
| 200 | ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS |
| 201 | ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS |
| 202 | ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES |
| 203 | ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT |
| 204 | ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX |
| 205 | ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH |
| 206 | ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL |
| 207 | ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES |
| 208 | ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT |
| 209 | ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT |
| 210 | ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY |
| 211 | ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE |
| 212 | ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR |
| 213 | ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND |
| 214 | ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE |
| 215 | ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL |
| 216 | ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE |
| 217 | ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE |
| 218 | ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL |
| 219 | ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES |
| 220 | ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS |
| 221 | ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS |
| 222 | ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS |
| 223 | ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST |
| 224 | ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE |
| 225 | ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME |
| 226 | ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE |
| 227 | ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE |
| 228 | ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE |
| 229 | ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1 |
| 230 | ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2 |
| 231 | ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3 |
| 232 | ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4 |
| 233 | ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5 |
| 234 | ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6 |
| 235 | ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7 |
| 236 | ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8 |
| 237 | ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9 |
| 238 | ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK |
| 239 | ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL |
| 240 | ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY |
| 241 | ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES |
| 242 | ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO |
| 243 | ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC |
| 244 | ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD |
| 245 | ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD |
| 246 | ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT |
| 247 | ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE |
| 248 | ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP |
| 249 | ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET |
| 250 | ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP |
| 251 | ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL |
| 252 | ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL |
| 253 | ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT |
| 254 | ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY |
| 255 | ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE |
| 256 | ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD |
| 257 | ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE |
| 258 | ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP |
| 259 | ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN |
| 260 | ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME |
| 261 | ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH |
| 262 | ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP |
| 263 | ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX |
| 264 | ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD |
| 265 | ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC |
| 266 | ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER |
| 267 | ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL |
| 268 | ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT |
| 269 | ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT |
| 270 | ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE |
| 271 | ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT |
| 272 | ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT |
| 273 | ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100 |
| 274 | ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT |
| 275 | ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN |
| 276 | ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT |
| 277 | ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE |
| 278 | ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED |
| 279 | ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST |
| 280 | MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF |
| 281 | MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE |
| 282 | NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE |
| 283 | FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE |
| 284 | LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL |
| 285 | LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL |
| 286 | WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY |
| 287 | WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS |
| 288 | WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT |
| 289 | WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND |
| 290 | WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE |
| 291 | WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES |
| 292 | MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT |
| 293 | MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC |
| 294 | MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC |
| 295 | MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH |
| 296 | MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH |
| 297 | MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS |
| 298 | MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC |
| 299 | MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC |
| 300 | MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS |
| 301 | MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC |
| 302 | CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE |
| 303 | CENTER = _core_.CENTER |
| 304 | HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL |
| 305 | VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL |
| 306 | BOTH = _core_.BOTH |
| 307 | LEFT = _core_.LEFT |
| 308 | RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT |
| 309 | UP = _core_.UP |
| 310 | DOWN = _core_.DOWN |
| 311 | TOP = _core_.TOP |
| 312 | BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM |
| 313 | NORTH = _core_.NORTH |
| 314 | SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH |
| 315 | WEST = _core_.WEST |
| 316 | EAST = _core_.EAST |
| 317 | ALL = _core_.ALL |
| 318 | ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT |
| 319 | ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL |
| 320 | ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL |
| 321 | ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT |
| 322 | ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP |
| 323 | ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT |
| 324 | ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM |
| 325 | ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL |
| 326 | ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL |
| 327 | ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER |
| 328 | ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE |
| 329 | ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK |
| 330 | STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT |
| 331 | SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK |
| 332 | GROW = _core_.GROW |
| 333 | EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND |
| 334 | SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED |
| 335 | FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE |
| 336 | TILE = _core_.TILE |
| 337 | ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE |
| 338 | BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT |
| 339 | BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE |
| 340 | BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC |
| 341 | BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE |
| 342 | BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED |
| 343 | BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN |
| 344 | BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE |
| 345 | BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK |
| 346 | BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM |
| 347 | BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR |
| 348 | BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM |
| 349 | DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT |
| 350 | DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE |
| 351 | ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN |
| 352 | SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT |
| 353 | SWISS = _core_.SWISS |
| 354 | MODERN = _core_.MODERN |
| 355 | TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE |
| 356 | VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE |
| 357 | FIXED = _core_.FIXED |
| 358 | NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL |
| 359 | LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT |
| 360 | BOLD = _core_.BOLD |
| 361 | ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC |
| 362 | SLANT = _core_.SLANT |
| 363 | SOLID = _core_.SOLID |
| 364 | DOT = _core_.DOT |
| 365 | LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH |
| 366 | SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH |
| 367 | DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH |
| 368 | USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH |
| 369 | TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT |
| 370 | STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE |
| 371 | STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK |
| 372 | STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE |
| 373 | BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH |
| 374 | CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH |
| 375 | FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH |
| 376 | CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH |
| 377 | HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH |
| 378 | VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH |
| 379 | JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL |
| 380 | JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER |
| 381 | JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND |
| 382 | CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND |
| 383 | CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING |
| 384 | CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT |
| 385 | CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR |
| 386 | XOR = _core_.XOR |
| 387 | INVERT = _core_.INVERT |
| 388 | OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE |
| 389 | AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE |
| 390 | COPY = _core_.COPY |
| 391 | AND = _core_.AND |
| 392 | AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT |
| 393 | NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP |
| 394 | NOR = _core_.NOR |
| 395 | EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV |
| 396 | SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT |
| 397 | OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT |
| 398 | NAND = _core_.NAND |
| 399 | OR = _core_.OR |
| 400 | SET = _core_.SET |
| 401 | WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK |
| 402 | WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB |
| 403 | WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN |
| 404 | WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE |
| 405 | WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE |
| 406 | WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE |
| 407 | WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START |
| 408 | WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON |
| 409 | WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON |
| 410 | WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL |
| 411 | WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON |
| 412 | WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR |
| 413 | WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT |
| 414 | WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT |
| 415 | WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL |
| 416 | WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU |
| 417 | WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE |
| 418 | WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL |
| 419 | WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR |
| 420 | WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT |
| 421 | WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END |
| 422 | WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME |
| 423 | WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT |
| 424 | WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP |
| 425 | WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT |
| 426 | WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN |
| 427 | WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT |
| 428 | WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT |
| 429 | WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE |
| 430 | WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT |
| 431 | WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT |
| 432 | WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP |
| 433 | WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0 |
| 434 | WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1 |
| 435 | WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2 |
| 436 | WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3 |
| 437 | WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4 |
| 438 | WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5 |
| 439 | WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6 |
| 440 | WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7 |
| 441 | WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8 |
| 442 | WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9 |
| 443 | WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY |
| 444 | WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD |
| 445 | WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR |
| 446 | WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT |
| 447 | WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL |
| 448 | WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE |
| 449 | WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1 |
| 450 | WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2 |
| 451 | WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3 |
| 452 | WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4 |
| 453 | WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5 |
| 454 | WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6 |
| 455 | WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7 |
| 456 | WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8 |
| 457 | WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9 |
| 458 | WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10 |
| 459 | WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11 |
| 460 | WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12 |
| 461 | WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13 |
| 462 | WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14 |
| 463 | WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15 |
| 464 | WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16 |
| 465 | WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17 |
| 466 | WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18 |
| 467 | WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19 |
| 468 | WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20 |
| 469 | WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21 |
| 470 | WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22 |
| 471 | WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23 |
| 472 | WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24 |
| 473 | WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK |
| 474 | WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL |
| 475 | WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP |
| 476 | WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN |
| 477 | WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE |
| 478 | WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB |
| 479 | WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER |
| 480 | WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1 |
| 481 | WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2 |
| 482 | WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3 |
| 483 | WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4 |
| 484 | WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME |
| 485 | WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT |
| 486 | WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP |
| 487 | WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT |
| 488 | WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN |
| 489 | WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR |
| 490 | WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP |
| 491 | WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT |
| 492 | WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN |
| 493 | WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END |
| 494 | WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN |
| 495 | WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT |
| 496 | WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE |
| 497 | WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL |
| 498 | WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY |
| 499 | WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD |
| 500 | WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR |
| 501 | WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT |
| 502 | WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL |
| 503 | WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE |
| 504 | WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT |
| 505 | WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT |
| 506 | WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU |
| 507 | WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND |
| 508 | WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1 |
| 509 | WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2 |
| 510 | WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3 |
| 511 | WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4 |
| 512 | WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5 |
| 513 | WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6 |
| 514 | WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7 |
| 515 | WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8 |
| 516 | WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9 |
| 517 | WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10 |
| 518 | WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11 |
| 519 | WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12 |
| 520 | WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13 |
| 521 | WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14 |
| 522 | WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15 |
| 523 | WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16 |
| 524 | WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17 |
| 525 | WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18 |
| 526 | WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19 |
| 527 | WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20 |
| 528 | PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE |
| 529 | PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER |
| 530 | PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL |
| 531 | PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4 |
| 532 | PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET |
| 533 | PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET |
| 534 | PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET |
| 535 | PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL |
| 536 | PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID |
| 537 | PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER |
| 538 | PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT |
| 539 | PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE |
| 540 | PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3 |
| 541 | PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL |
| 542 | PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5 |
| 543 | PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4 |
| 544 | PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5 |
| 545 | PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO |
| 546 | PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO |
| 547 | PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14 |
| 548 | PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17 |
| 549 | PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE |
| 550 | PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9 |
| 551 | PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10 |
| 552 | PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11 |
| 553 | PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12 |
| 554 | PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14 |
| 555 | PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL |
| 556 | PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5 |
| 557 | PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3 |
| 558 | PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4 |
| 559 | PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6 |
| 560 | PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65 |
| 561 | PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4 |
| 562 | PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5 |
| 563 | PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6 |
| 564 | PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY |
| 565 | PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH |
| 566 | PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL |
| 567 | PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US |
| 568 | PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN |
| 569 | PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN |
| 570 | PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4 |
| 571 | PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD |
| 572 | PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11 |
| 573 | PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11 |
| 574 | PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11 |
| 575 | PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE |
| 576 | PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA |
| 577 | PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA |
| 578 | PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA |
| 579 | PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA |
| 580 | PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE |
| 581 | PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE |
| 582 | PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE |
| 583 | PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS |
| 584 | PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS |
| 585 | PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS |
| 586 | PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS |
| 587 | PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE |
| 588 | PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE |
| 589 | PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA |
| 590 | PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA |
| 591 | PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA |
| 592 | PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2 |
| 593 | PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE |
| 594 | PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE |
| 595 | PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD |
| 596 | PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6 |
| 597 | PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 |
| 598 | PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 |
| 599 | PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 |
| 600 | PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 |
| 601 | PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED |
| 602 | PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED |
| 603 | PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED |
| 604 | PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED |
| 605 | PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED |
| 606 | PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED |
| 607 | PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED |
| 608 | PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED |
| 609 | PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED |
| 610 | PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED |
| 611 | PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED |
| 612 | PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED |
| 613 | PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED |
| 614 | PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS |
| 615 | PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED |
| 616 | PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11 |
| 617 | PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4 |
| 618 | PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED |
| 619 | PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K |
| 620 | PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K |
| 621 | PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG |
| 622 | PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1 |
| 623 | PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2 |
| 624 | PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3 |
| 625 | PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4 |
| 626 | PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5 |
| 627 | PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6 |
| 628 | PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7 |
| 629 | PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8 |
| 630 | PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9 |
| 631 | PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10 |
| 632 | PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED |
| 633 | PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED |
| 634 | PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED |
| 635 | PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED |
| 636 | PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED |
| 637 | PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED |
| 638 | PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED |
| 639 | PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED |
| 640 | PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED |
| 641 | PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED |
| 642 | PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED |
| 643 | PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED |
| 644 | PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED |
| 645 | DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX |
| 646 | DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL |
| 647 | DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL |
| 648 | ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR |
| 649 | ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL |
| 650 | ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK |
| 651 | ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO |
| 652 | ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX |
| 653 | HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE |
| 654 | HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST |
| 655 | HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 |
| 656 | HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 |
| 657 | HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 |
| 658 | HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 |
| 659 | HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB |
| 660 | HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 |
| 661 | HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 |
| 662 | HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST |
| 663 | HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE |
| 664 | HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE |
| 665 | HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR |
| 666 | HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR |
| 667 | HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER |
| 668 | HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX |
| 669 | MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE |
| 670 | MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT |
| 671 | MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL |
| 672 | MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR |
| 673 | MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT |
| 674 | MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META |
| 675 | MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN |
| 676 | MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD |
| 677 | MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL |
| 678 | UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE |
| 679 | UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE |
| 680 | UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE |
| 681 | Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default |
| 682 | Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight |
| 683 | Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft |
| 684 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 685 | |
| 686 | class Object(object): |
| 687 | """ |
| 688 | The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not |
| 689 | much functionality is needed nor exposed. |
| 690 | """ |
| 691 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 692 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 693 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 694 | def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 695 | """ |
| 696 | GetClassName(self) -> String |
| 697 | |
| 698 | Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. |
| 699 | """ |
| 700 | return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 701 | |
| 702 | def Destroy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 703 | """ |
| 704 | Destroy(self) |
| 705 | |
| 706 | Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. |
| 707 | """ |
| 708 | args[0].this.own(False) |
| 709 | return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 710 | |
| 711 | ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`") |
| 712 | _core_.Object_swigregister(Object) |
| 713 | _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary |
| 714 | cvar = _core_.cvar |
| 715 | EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString |
| 716 | |
| 717 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 718 | |
| 719 | BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID |
| 720 | BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP |
| 721 | BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO |
| 722 | BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR |
| 723 | BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM |
| 724 | BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA |
| 725 | BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM |
| 726 | BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA |
| 727 | BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF |
| 728 | BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF |
| 729 | BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG |
| 730 | BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG |
| 731 | BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM |
| 732 | BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX |
| 733 | BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT |
| 734 | BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON |
| 735 | BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI |
| 736 | BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF |
| 737 | BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR |
| 738 | BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY |
| 739 | CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE |
| 740 | CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW |
| 741 | CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW |
| 742 | CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE |
| 743 | CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR |
| 744 | CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS |
| 745 | CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND |
| 746 | CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM |
| 747 | CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON |
| 748 | CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER |
| 749 | CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON |
| 750 | CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY |
| 751 | CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH |
| 752 | CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL |
| 753 | CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT |
| 754 | CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT |
| 755 | CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW |
| 756 | CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON |
| 757 | CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW |
| 758 | CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS |
| 759 | CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE |
| 760 | CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE |
| 761 | CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING |
| 762 | CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN |
| 763 | CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT |
| 764 | CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH |
| 765 | CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK |
| 766 | CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT |
| 767 | CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW |
| 768 | CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT |
| 769 | CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX |
| 770 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 771 | |
| 772 | class Size(object): |
| 773 | """ |
| 774 | wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of |
| 775 | something. It simply contains integer width and height |
| 776 | properties. In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is |
| 777 | expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. |
| 778 | """ |
| 779 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 780 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 781 | width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set) |
| 782 | height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set) |
| 783 | x = width; y = height |
| 784 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 785 | """ |
| 786 | __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size |
| 787 | |
| 788 | Creates a size object. |
| 789 | """ |
| 790 | _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 791 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size |
| 792 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 793 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 794 | """ |
| 795 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 796 | |
| 797 | Test for equality of wx.Size objects. |
| 798 | """ |
| 799 | return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 800 | |
| 801 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 802 | """ |
| 803 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 804 | |
| 805 | Test for inequality of wx.Size objects. |
| 806 | """ |
| 807 | return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 808 | |
| 809 | def __add__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 810 | """ |
| 811 | __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size |
| 812 | |
| 813 | Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. |
| 814 | """ |
| 815 | return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 816 | |
| 817 | def __sub__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 818 | """ |
| 819 | __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size |
| 820 | |
| 821 | Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. |
| 822 | """ |
| 823 | return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 824 | |
| 825 | def IncTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 826 | """ |
| 827 | IncTo(self, Size sz) |
| 828 | |
| 829 | Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less |
| 830 | than the corresponding dimensions of the size. |
| 831 | """ |
| 832 | return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 833 | |
| 834 | def DecTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 835 | """ |
| 836 | DecTo(self, Size sz) |
| 837 | |
| 838 | Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater |
| 839 | than the corresponding dimensions of the size. |
| 840 | """ |
| 841 | return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 842 | |
| 843 | def IncBy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 844 | """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)""" |
| 845 | return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 846 | |
| 847 | def DecBy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 848 | """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)""" |
| 849 | return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 850 | |
| 851 | def Scale(*args, **kwargs): |
| 852 | """ |
| 853 | Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale) |
| 854 | |
| 855 | Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors. |
| 856 | """ |
| 857 | return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs) |
| 858 | |
| 859 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 860 | """ |
| 861 | Set(self, int w, int h) |
| 862 | |
| 863 | Set both width and height. |
| 864 | """ |
| 865 | return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 866 | |
| 867 | def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 868 | """SetWidth(self, int w)""" |
| 869 | return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 870 | |
| 871 | def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 872 | """SetHeight(self, int h)""" |
| 873 | return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 874 | |
| 875 | def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 876 | """GetWidth(self) -> int""" |
| 877 | return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 878 | |
| 879 | def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 880 | """GetHeight(self) -> int""" |
| 881 | return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 882 | |
| 883 | def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs): |
| 884 | """ |
| 885 | IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool |
| 886 | |
| 887 | Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. |
| 888 | """ |
| 889 | return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs) |
| 890 | |
| 891 | def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs): |
| 892 | """ |
| 893 | SetDefaults(self, Size size) |
| 894 | |
| 895 | Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components |
| 896 | of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. |
| 897 | """ |
| 898 | return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs) |
| 899 | |
| 900 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 901 | """ |
| 902 | Get() -> (width,height) |
| 903 | |
| 904 | Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. |
| 905 | """ |
| 906 | return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 907 | |
| 908 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 909 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 910 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get()) |
| 911 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 912 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 913 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 914 | if index == 0: self.width = val |
| 915 | elif index == 1: self.height = val |
| 916 | else: raise IndexError |
| 917 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0) |
| 918 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 919 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Size, self.Get()) |
| 920 | |
| 921 | _core_.Size_swigregister(Size) |
| 922 | |
| 923 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 924 | |
| 925 | class RealPoint(object): |
| 926 | """ |
| 927 | A data structure for representing a point or position with floating |
| 928 | point x and y properties. In wxPython most places that expect a |
| 929 | wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. |
| 930 | """ |
| 931 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 932 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 933 | x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set) |
| 934 | y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set) |
| 935 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 936 | """ |
| 937 | __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint |
| 938 | |
| 939 | Create a wx.RealPoint object |
| 940 | """ |
| 941 | _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 942 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint |
| 943 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 944 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 945 | """ |
| 946 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 947 | |
| 948 | Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. |
| 949 | """ |
| 950 | return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 951 | |
| 952 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 953 | """ |
| 954 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 955 | |
| 956 | Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. |
| 957 | """ |
| 958 | return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 959 | |
| 960 | def __add__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 961 | """ |
| 962 | __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint |
| 963 | |
| 964 | Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. |
| 965 | """ |
| 966 | return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 967 | |
| 968 | def __sub__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 969 | """ |
| 970 | __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint |
| 971 | |
| 972 | Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result |
| 973 | """ |
| 974 | return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 975 | |
| 976 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 977 | """ |
| 978 | Set(self, double x, double y) |
| 979 | |
| 980 | Set both the x and y properties |
| 981 | """ |
| 982 | return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 983 | |
| 984 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 985 | """ |
| 986 | Get() -> (x,y) |
| 987 | |
| 988 | Return the x and y properties as a tuple. |
| 989 | """ |
| 990 | return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 991 | |
| 992 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 993 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 994 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get()) |
| 995 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 996 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 997 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 998 | if index == 0: self.x = val |
| 999 | elif index == 1: self.y = val |
| 1000 | else: raise IndexError |
| 1001 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) |
| 1002 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 1003 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get()) |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint) |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | class Point(object): |
| 1010 | """ |
| 1011 | A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x |
| 1012 | and y properties. Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can |
| 1013 | also accept a (x,y) tuple. |
| 1014 | """ |
| 1015 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 1016 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 1017 | x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set) |
| 1018 | y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set) |
| 1019 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 1020 | """ |
| 1021 | __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | Create a wx.Point object |
| 1024 | """ |
| 1025 | _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 1026 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point |
| 1027 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 1028 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1029 | """ |
| 1030 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | Test for equality of wx.Point objects. |
| 1033 | """ |
| 1034 | return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1037 | """ |
| 1038 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. |
| 1041 | """ |
| 1042 | return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | def __add__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1045 | """ |
| 1046 | __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. |
| 1049 | """ |
| 1050 | return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | def __sub__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1053 | """ |
| 1054 | __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result |
| 1057 | """ |
| 1058 | return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1061 | """ |
| 1062 | __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | Add pt to this object. |
| 1065 | """ |
| 1066 | return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | def __isub__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1069 | """ |
| 1070 | __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | Subtract pt from this object. |
| 1073 | """ |
| 1074 | return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1077 | """ |
| 1078 | Set(self, long x, long y) |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | Set both the x and y properties |
| 1081 | """ |
| 1082 | return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1085 | """ |
| 1086 | Get() -> (x,y) |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | Return the x and y properties as a tuple. |
| 1089 | """ |
| 1090 | return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 1093 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 1094 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get()) |
| 1095 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 1096 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 1097 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 1098 | if index == 0: self.x = val |
| 1099 | elif index == 1: self.y = val |
| 1100 | else: raise IndexError |
| 1101 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0) |
| 1102 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 1103 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Point, self.Get()) |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | _core_.Point_swigregister(Point) |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | class Rect(object): |
| 1110 | """ |
| 1111 | A class for representing and manipulating rectangles. It has x, y, |
| 1112 | width and height properties. In wxPython most palces that expect a |
| 1113 | wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. |
| 1114 | """ |
| 1115 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 1116 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 1117 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 1118 | """ |
| 1119 | __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | Create a new Rect object. |
| 1122 | """ |
| 1123 | _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 1124 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect |
| 1125 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 1126 | def GetX(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1127 | """GetX(self) -> int""" |
| 1128 | return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | def SetX(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1131 | """SetX(self, int x)""" |
| 1132 | return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | def GetY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1135 | """GetY(self) -> int""" |
| 1136 | return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | def SetY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1139 | """SetY(self, int y)""" |
| 1140 | return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1143 | """GetWidth(self) -> int""" |
| 1144 | return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1147 | """SetWidth(self, int w)""" |
| 1148 | return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1151 | """GetHeight(self) -> int""" |
| 1152 | return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1155 | """SetHeight(self, int h)""" |
| 1156 | return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1159 | """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" |
| 1160 | return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1163 | """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" |
| 1164 | return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1167 | """GetSize(self) -> Size""" |
| 1168 | return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | def SetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1171 | """SetSize(self, Size s)""" |
| 1172 | return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1175 | """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" |
| 1176 | return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1179 | """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" |
| 1180 | return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1183 | """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" |
| 1184 | return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1187 | """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" |
| 1188 | return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1191 | """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" |
| 1192 | return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1195 | """GetTopRight(self) -> Point""" |
| 1196 | return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1199 | """SetTopRight(self, Point p)""" |
| 1200 | return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1203 | """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point""" |
| 1204 | return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1207 | """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)""" |
| 1208 | return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1211 | """GetLeft(self) -> int""" |
| 1212 | return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | def GetTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1215 | """GetTop(self) -> int""" |
| 1216 | return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1219 | """GetBottom(self) -> int""" |
| 1220 | return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | def GetRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1223 | """GetRight(self) -> int""" |
| 1224 | return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1227 | """SetLeft(self, int left)""" |
| 1228 | return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | def SetRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1231 | """SetRight(self, int right)""" |
| 1232 | return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | def SetTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1235 | """SetTop(self, int top)""" |
| 1236 | return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1239 | """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" |
| 1240 | return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition) |
| 1243 | size = property(GetSize, SetSize) |
| 1244 | left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft) |
| 1245 | right = property(GetRight, SetRight) |
| 1246 | top = property(GetTop, SetTop) |
| 1247 | bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom) |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | def Inflate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1250 | """ |
| 1251 | Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | Increases the size of the rectangle. |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved |
| 1256 | farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the |
| 1257 | bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and |
| 1258 | height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, |
| 1259 | respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the |
| 1260 | opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective |
| 1261 | direction. |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a |
| 1264 | copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy |
| 1265 | first:: |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | copy = wx.Rect(*original) |
| 1268 | copy.Inflate(10,15) |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | """ |
| 1272 | return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | def Deflate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1275 | """ |
| 1276 | Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` |
| 1279 | in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b). Please refer to |
| 1280 | `Inflate` for a full description. |
| 1281 | """ |
| 1282 | return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1285 | """ |
| 1286 | OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the |
| 1289 | rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the |
| 1290 | bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. |
| 1291 | """ |
| 1292 | return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | def Offset(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1295 | """ |
| 1296 | Offset(self, Point pt) |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point |
| 1299 | """ |
| 1300 | return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | def Intersect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1303 | """ |
| 1304 | Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. |
| 1307 | """ |
| 1308 | return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | def Union(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1311 | """ |
| 1312 | Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. |
| 1315 | """ |
| 1316 | return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | def __add__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1319 | """ |
| 1320 | __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. |
| 1323 | """ |
| 1324 | return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1327 | """ |
| 1328 | __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. |
| 1331 | """ |
| 1332 | return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1335 | """ |
| 1336 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | Test for equality of wx.Rect objects. |
| 1339 | """ |
| 1340 | return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1343 | """ |
| 1344 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects. |
| 1347 | """ |
| 1348 | return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1351 | """ |
| 1352 | ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | Return True if the point is inside the rect. |
| 1355 | """ |
| 1356 | return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | def Contains(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1359 | """ |
| 1360 | Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | Return True if the point is inside the rect. |
| 1363 | """ |
| 1364 | return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1367 | """ |
| 1368 | ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this |
| 1371 | rectangle or touches its boundary. |
| 1372 | """ |
| 1373 | return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.") |
| 1376 | #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.") |
| 1377 | #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.") |
| 1378 | Inside = Contains |
| 1379 | InsideXY = ContainsXY |
| 1380 | InsideRect = ContainsRect |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | def Intersects(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1383 | """ |
| 1384 | Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. |
| 1387 | """ |
| 1388 | return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1391 | """ |
| 1392 | CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is |
| 1395 | usually, but not necessarily, the larger one. |
| 1396 | """ |
| 1397 | return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | CentreIn = CenterIn |
| 1400 | x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set) |
| 1401 | y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set) |
| 1402 | width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set) |
| 1403 | height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set) |
| 1404 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1405 | """ |
| 1406 | Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | Set all rectangle properties. |
| 1409 | """ |
| 1410 | return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1413 | """ |
| 1414 | Get() -> (x,y,width,height) |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. |
| 1417 | """ |
| 1418 | return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 1421 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 1422 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get()) |
| 1423 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 1424 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 1425 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 1426 | if index == 0: self.x = val |
| 1427 | elif index == 1: self.y = val |
| 1428 | elif index == 2: self.width = val |
| 1429 | elif index == 3: self.height = val |
| 1430 | else: raise IndexError |
| 1431 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0) |
| 1432 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 1433 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Rect, self.Get()) |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`") |
| 1436 | BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`") |
| 1437 | BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`") |
| 1438 | Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`") |
| 1439 | Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`") |
| 1440 | Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`") |
| 1441 | Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`") |
| 1442 | Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`") |
| 1443 | Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`") |
| 1444 | TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`") |
| 1445 | TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`") |
| 1446 | Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`") |
| 1447 | X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`") |
| 1448 | Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`") |
| 1449 | Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`") |
| 1450 | _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect) |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | def RectPP(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1453 | """ |
| 1454 | RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. |
| 1457 | """ |
| 1458 | val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1459 | return val |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | def RectPS(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1462 | """ |
| 1463 | RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | Create a new Rect from a position and size. |
| 1466 | """ |
| 1467 | val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1468 | return val |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | def RectS(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1471 | """ |
| 1472 | RectS(Size size) -> Rect |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | Create a new Rect from a size only. |
| 1475 | """ |
| 1476 | val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1477 | return val |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1481 | """ |
| 1482 | IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. |
| 1485 | """ |
| 1486 | return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1487 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | class Point2D(object): |
| 1490 | """ |
| 1491 | wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system |
| 1492 | with floating point values. |
| 1493 | """ |
| 1494 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 1495 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 1496 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 1497 | """ |
| 1498 | __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | Create a w.Point2D object. |
| 1501 | """ |
| 1502 | _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 1503 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D |
| 1504 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 1505 | def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1506 | """ |
| 1507 | GetFloor() -> (x,y) |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | Convert to integer |
| 1510 | """ |
| 1511 | return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1514 | """ |
| 1515 | GetRounded() -> (x,y) |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | Convert to integer |
| 1518 | """ |
| 1519 | return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1522 | """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" |
| 1523 | return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1526 | """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" |
| 1527 | return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1530 | """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" |
| 1531 | return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1534 | """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" |
| 1535 | return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length): |
| 1538 | self.SetVectorLength(length) |
| 1539 | self.SetVectorAngle(angle) |
| 1540 | def Normalize(self): |
| 1541 | self.SetVectorLength(1.0) |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1544 | """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" |
| 1545 | return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1548 | """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" |
| 1549 | return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1552 | """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" |
| 1553 | return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1556 | """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" |
| 1557 | return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | def __neg__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1560 | """ |
| 1561 | __neg__(self) -> Point2D |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | the reflection of this point |
| 1564 | """ |
| 1565 | return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1568 | """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" |
| 1569 | return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | def __isub__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1572 | """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" |
| 1573 | return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | def __imul__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1576 | """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" |
| 1577 | return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1580 | """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" |
| 1581 | return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1584 | """ |
| 1585 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects. |
| 1588 | """ |
| 1589 | return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1592 | """ |
| 1593 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects. |
| 1596 | """ |
| 1597 | return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set) |
| 1600 | y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set) |
| 1601 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1602 | """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" |
| 1603 | return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1606 | """ |
| 1607 | Get() -> (x,y) |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | Return x and y properties as a tuple. |
| 1610 | """ |
| 1611 | return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 1614 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 1615 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get()) |
| 1616 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 1617 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 1618 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 1619 | if index == 0: self.x = val |
| 1620 | elif index == 1: self.y = val |
| 1621 | else: raise IndexError |
| 1622 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) |
| 1623 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 1624 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Point2D, self.Get()) |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`") |
| 1627 | Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`") |
| 1628 | VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`") |
| 1629 | VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`") |
| 1630 | _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D) |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1633 | """ |
| 1634 | Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | Create a w.Point2D object. |
| 1637 | """ |
| 1638 | val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1639 | return val |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1642 | """ |
| 1643 | Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | Create a w.Point2D object. |
| 1646 | """ |
| 1647 | val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1648 | return val |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | Inside = _core_.Inside |
| 1653 | OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft |
| 1654 | OutRight = _core_.OutRight |
| 1655 | OutTop = _core_.OutTop |
| 1656 | OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom |
| 1657 | class Rect2D(object): |
| 1658 | """ |
| 1659 | wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system |
| 1660 | with floating point component values. |
| 1661 | """ |
| 1662 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 1663 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 1664 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 1665 | """ |
| 1666 | __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system |
| 1669 | with floating point component values. |
| 1670 | """ |
| 1671 | _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 1672 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D |
| 1673 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 1674 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1675 | """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D""" |
| 1676 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1679 | """GetSize(self) -> Size""" |
| 1680 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1683 | """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble""" |
| 1684 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1687 | """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1688 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 | def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1691 | """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1692 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | def GetTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1695 | """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble""" |
| 1696 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 | def SetTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1699 | """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1700 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1703 | """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1704 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1707 | """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble""" |
| 1708 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1711 | """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1712 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1715 | """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1716 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | def GetRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1719 | """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble""" |
| 1720 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | def SetRight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1723 | """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1724 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1727 | """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)""" |
| 1728 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1731 | """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D""" |
| 1732 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1735 | """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1736 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1739 | """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1740 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1743 | """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D""" |
| 1744 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1747 | """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1748 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1751 | """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1752 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1755 | """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D""" |
| 1756 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1759 | """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1760 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1763 | """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1764 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1767 | """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D""" |
| 1768 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1771 | """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1772 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1775 | """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1776 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1779 | """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D""" |
| 1780 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1783 | """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1784 | return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1787 | """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1788 | return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1791 | """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int""" |
| 1792 | return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | def Contains(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1795 | """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool""" |
| 1796 | return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1799 | """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" |
| 1800 | return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1803 | """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" |
| 1804 | return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1807 | """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" |
| 1808 | return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | def Inset(*args): |
| 1811 | """ |
| 1812 | Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y) |
| 1813 | Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom) |
| 1814 | """ |
| 1815 | return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args) |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | def Offset(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1818 | """Offset(self, Point2D pt)""" |
| 1819 | return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1822 | """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)""" |
| 1823 | return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1826 | """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D""" |
| 1827 | return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | def Intersect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1830 | """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)""" |
| 1831 | return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1834 | """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D""" |
| 1835 | return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | def Intersects(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1838 | """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" |
| 1839 | return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | def Union(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1842 | """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)""" |
| 1843 | return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1846 | """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D""" |
| 1847 | return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | def Scale(*args): |
| 1850 | """ |
| 1851 | Scale(self, wxDouble f) |
| 1852 | Scale(self, int num, int denum) |
| 1853 | """ |
| 1854 | return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args) |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1857 | """ |
| 1858 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 | Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects. |
| 1861 | """ |
| 1862 | return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1865 | """ |
| 1866 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects. |
| 1869 | """ |
| 1870 | return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set) |
| 1873 | y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set) |
| 1874 | width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set) |
| 1875 | height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set) |
| 1876 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1877 | """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)""" |
| 1878 | return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1881 | """ |
| 1882 | Get() -> (x,y, width, height) |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple. |
| 1885 | """ |
| 1886 | return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 1889 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get()) |
| 1890 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 1891 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 1892 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 1893 | if index == 0: self.x = val |
| 1894 | elif index == 1: self.y = val |
| 1895 | elif index == 2: self.width = val |
| 1896 | elif index == 3: self.height = val |
| 1897 | else: raise IndexError |
| 1898 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0) |
| 1899 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 1900 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get()) |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D) |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | FromStart = _core_.FromStart |
| 1907 | FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent |
| 1908 | FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd |
| 1909 | class InputStream(object): |
| 1910 | """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" |
| 1911 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 1912 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 1913 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 1914 | """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" |
| 1915 | _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 1916 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream |
| 1917 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 1918 | def close(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1919 | """close(self)""" |
| 1920 | return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | def flush(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1923 | """flush(self)""" |
| 1924 | return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | def eof(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1927 | """eof(self) -> bool""" |
| 1928 | return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | def read(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1931 | """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" |
| 1932 | return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | def readline(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1935 | """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" |
| 1936 | return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | def readlines(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1939 | """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" |
| 1940 | return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | def seek(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1943 | """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" |
| 1944 | return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | def tell(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1947 | """tell(self) -> int""" |
| 1948 | return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | def Peek(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1951 | """Peek(self) -> char""" |
| 1952 | return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | def GetC(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1955 | """GetC(self) -> char""" |
| 1956 | return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | def LastRead(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1959 | """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" |
| 1960 | return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | def CanRead(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1963 | """CanRead(self) -> bool""" |
| 1964 | return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | def Eof(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1967 | """Eof(self) -> bool""" |
| 1968 | return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1971 | """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" |
| 1972 | return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | def SeekI(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1975 | """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" |
| 1976 | return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | def TellI(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1979 | """TellI(self) -> long""" |
| 1980 | return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream) |
| 1983 | DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition |
| 1984 | DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | class OutputStream(object): |
| 1987 | """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" |
| 1988 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 1989 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 1990 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 1991 | def write(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1992 | """write(self, PyObject obj)""" |
| 1993 | return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs): |
| 1996 | """LastWrite(self) -> size_t""" |
| 1997 | return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs) |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream) |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | class FSFile(Object): |
| 2004 | """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" |
| 2005 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2006 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2007 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2008 | """ |
| 2009 | __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor, |
| 2010 | DateTime modif) -> FSFile |
| 2011 | """ |
| 2012 | _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2013 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile |
| 2014 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 2015 | def GetStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2016 | """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" |
| 2017 | return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2020 | """DetachStream(self)""" |
| 2021 | return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2024 | """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" |
| 2025 | return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2028 | """GetLocation(self) -> String""" |
| 2029 | return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2032 | """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" |
| 2033 | return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2036 | """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" |
| 2037 | return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`") |
| 2040 | Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`") |
| 2041 | MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`") |
| 2042 | ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`") |
| 2043 | Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`") |
| 2044 | _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile) |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): |
| 2047 | """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" |
| 2048 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2049 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 2050 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2051 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler |
| 2052 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 2053 | _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler) |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler): |
| 2056 | """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" |
| 2057 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2058 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2059 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2060 | """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" |
| 2061 | _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2062 | self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler) |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2065 | """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" |
| 2066 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2069 | """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" |
| 2070 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2073 | """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" |
| 2074 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2077 | """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" |
| 2078 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | def FindNext(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2081 | """FindNext(self) -> String""" |
| 2082 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2085 | """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" |
| 2086 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2089 | """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" |
| 2090 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2093 | """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" |
| 2094 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2097 | """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" |
| 2098 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2101 | """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" |
| 2102 | return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`") |
| 2105 | LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`") |
| 2106 | MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`") |
| 2107 | Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`") |
| 2108 | RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`") |
| 2109 | _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler) |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | class FileSystem(Object): |
| 2112 | """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" |
| 2113 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2114 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2115 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2116 | """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" |
| 2117 | _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2118 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem |
| 2119 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 2120 | def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2121 | """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" |
| 2122 | return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | def GetPath(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2125 | """GetPath(self) -> String""" |
| 2126 | return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2129 | """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" |
| 2130 | return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2133 | """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" |
| 2134 | return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | def FindNext(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2137 | """FindNext(self) -> String""" |
| 2138 | return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2141 | """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" |
| 2142 | return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler) |
| 2145 | def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2146 | """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler""" |
| 2147 | return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler) |
| 2150 | def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2151 | """CleanUpHandlers()""" |
| 2152 | return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers) |
| 2155 | def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2156 | """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" |
| 2157 | return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL) |
| 2160 | def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2161 | """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" |
| 2162 | return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName) |
| 2165 | Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`") |
| 2166 | _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem) |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2169 | """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" |
| 2170 | return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2173 | """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler""" |
| 2174 | return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args): |
| 2177 | """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" |
| 2178 | return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args) |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2181 | """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" |
| 2182 | return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2185 | """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" |
| 2186 | return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler): |
| 2189 | """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" |
| 2190 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2191 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2192 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2193 | """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" |
| 2194 | _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2195 | def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2196 | """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" |
| 2197 | return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2200 | """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" |
| 2201 | return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler) |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler): |
| 2206 | """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" |
| 2207 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2208 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2209 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2210 | """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" |
| 2211 | _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2212 | def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2213 | """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" |
| 2214 | return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2217 | """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" |
| 2218 | return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2221 | """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" |
| 2222 | return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | def FindNext(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2225 | """FindNext(self) -> String""" |
| 2226 | return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler) |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2232 | """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" |
| 2233 | return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2236 | """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" |
| 2237 | return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2240 | """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" |
| 2241 | return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2242 | def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1): |
| 2243 | """ |
| 2244 | Add 'file' to the memory filesystem. The dataItem parameter can |
| 2245 | either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain |
| 2246 | arbitrary data. If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType |
| 2247 | parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be |
| 2248 | written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. |
| 2249 | """ |
| 2250 | if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image): |
| 2251 | __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType) |
| 2252 | elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap): |
| 2253 | __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType) |
| 2254 | elif type(dataItem) == str: |
| 2255 | __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem) |
| 2256 | else: |
| 2257 | raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler): |
| 2260 | """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" |
| 2261 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2262 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2263 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2264 | """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" |
| 2265 | _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2266 | def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2267 | """RemoveFile(String filename)""" |
| 2268 | return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile) |
| 2271 | AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile) |
| 2272 | def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2273 | """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" |
| 2274 | return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2277 | """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" |
| 2278 | return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2281 | """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" |
| 2282 | return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | def FindNext(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2285 | """FindNext(self) -> String""" |
| 2286 | return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler) |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2291 | """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" |
| 2292 | return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT |
| 2295 | IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD |
| 2296 | IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE |
| 2297 | IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL |
| 2298 | IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH |
| 2299 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | class ImageHandler(Object): |
| 2302 | """ |
| 2303 | This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and |
| 2304 | image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not |
| 2305 | normally seen by the application. |
| 2306 | """ |
| 2307 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2308 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 2309 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2310 | def GetName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2311 | """GetName(self) -> String""" |
| 2312 | return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2315 | """GetExtension(self) -> String""" |
| 2316 | return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | def GetType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2319 | """GetType(self) -> long""" |
| 2320 | return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2323 | """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" |
| 2324 | return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | def CanRead(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2327 | """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" |
| 2328 | return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2331 | """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool""" |
| 2332 | return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | def SetName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2335 | """SetName(self, String name)""" |
| 2336 | return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2339 | """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" |
| 2340 | return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | def SetType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2343 | """SetType(self, long type)""" |
| 2344 | return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2347 | """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" |
| 2348 | return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`") |
| 2351 | MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`") |
| 2352 | Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`") |
| 2353 | Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`") |
| 2354 | _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler) |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 2357 | """ |
| 2358 | This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and |
| 2359 | image creation from data, all written in Python. To create a custom |
| 2360 | image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide |
| 2361 | the following methods:: |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool |
| 2364 | '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool |
| 2367 | '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool |
| 2370 | '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using |
| 2371 | this handler's image file format.''' |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int |
| 2374 | '''If this image format can hold more than one image, |
| 2375 | how many does the image on the stream have?''' |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to |
| 2378 | `wx.Image_AddHandler`. Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and |
| 2379 | `SetExtension` from your constructor. |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | """ |
| 2382 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2383 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2384 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2385 | """ |
| 2386 | __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and |
| 2389 | image creation from data, all written in Python. To create a custom |
| 2390 | image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide |
| 2391 | the following methods:: |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool |
| 2394 | '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool |
| 2397 | '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool |
| 2400 | '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using |
| 2401 | this handler's image file format.''' |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int |
| 2404 | '''If this image format can hold more than one image, |
| 2405 | how many does the image on the stream have?''' |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to |
| 2408 | `wx.Image_AddHandler`. Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and |
| 2409 | `SetExtension` from your constructor. |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | """ |
| 2412 | _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2413 | self._SetSelf(self) |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2416 | """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" |
| 2417 | return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler) |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | class ImageHistogram(object): |
| 2422 | """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" |
| 2423 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2424 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2425 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2426 | """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" |
| 2427 | _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2428 | def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2429 | """ |
| 2430 | MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values |
| 2433 | """ |
| 2434 | return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey) |
| 2437 | def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2438 | """ |
| 2439 | FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB |
| 2442 | values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a |
| 2443 | success flag and rgb values. |
| 2444 | """ |
| 2445 | return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | def GetCount(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2448 | """ |
| 2449 | GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | Returns the pixel count for the given key. Use `MakeKey` to create a |
| 2452 | key value from a RGB tripple. |
| 2453 | """ |
| 2454 | return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2457 | """ |
| 2458 | GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. |
| 2461 | """ |
| 2462 | return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2465 | """ |
| 2466 | GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. |
| 2469 | """ |
| 2470 | return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram) |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2475 | """ |
| 2476 | ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values |
| 2479 | """ |
| 2480 | return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | class Image_RGBValue(object): |
| 2483 | """ |
| 2484 | An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent |
| 2485 | the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and |
| 2486 | `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB |
| 2487 | color space. |
| 2488 | """ |
| 2489 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2490 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2491 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2492 | """ |
| 2493 | __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | Constructor. |
| 2496 | """ |
| 2497 | _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2498 | red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set) |
| 2499 | green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set) |
| 2500 | blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set) |
| 2501 | _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue) |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | class Image_HSVValue(object): |
| 2504 | """ |
| 2505 | An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which |
| 2506 | represent the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and |
| 2507 | `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB |
| 2508 | color space. |
| 2509 | """ |
| 2510 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2511 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2512 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2513 | """ |
| 2514 | __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 | Constructor. |
| 2517 | """ |
| 2518 | _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2519 | hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set) |
| 2520 | saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set) |
| 2521 | value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set) |
| 2522 | _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue) |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 | class Image(Object): |
| 2525 | """ |
| 2526 | A platform-independent image class. An image can be created from |
| 2527 | data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a |
| 2528 | variety of formats. Functions are available to set and get image |
| 2529 | bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`. Instead, a |
| 2532 | platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the |
| 2533 | `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a |
| 2534 | device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will |
| 2537 | lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the |
| 2538 | bitmap object. |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte |
| 2541 | for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also |
| 2542 | stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 |
| 2543 | corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 |
| 2544 | means that the pixel is 100% opaque. |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using |
| 2547 | `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel |
| 2548 | with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files |
| 2549 | with transparency information will have an alpha channel. |
| 2550 | """ |
| 2551 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 2552 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 2553 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 2554 | """ |
| 2555 | __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | Loads an image from a file. |
| 2558 | """ |
| 2559 | _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 2560 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image |
| 2561 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 2562 | def Create(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2563 | """ |
| 2564 | Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | Creates a fresh image. If clear is ``True``, the new image will be |
| 2567 | initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. |
| 2568 | """ |
| 2569 | return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | def Destroy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2572 | """ |
| 2573 | Destroy(self) |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | Destroys the image data. |
| 2576 | """ |
| 2577 | args[0].this.own(False) |
| 2578 | return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | def Scale(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2581 | """ |
| 2582 | Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling |
| 2585 | bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a |
| 2586 | `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`. The ``quality`` parameter |
| 2587 | specifies what method to use for resampling the image. It can be |
| 2588 | either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling |
| 2589 | method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses |
| 2590 | bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and |
| 2591 | downsampling respectively. |
| 2592 | """ |
| 2593 | return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2596 | """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image""" |
| 2597 | return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2600 | """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image""" |
| 2601 | return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | def Blur(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2604 | """ |
| 2605 | Blur(self, int radius) -> Image |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the |
| 2608 | specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a |
| 2609 | single mask colour for transparency. |
| 2610 | """ |
| 2611 | return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2614 | """ |
| 2615 | BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be |
| 2618 | used when using a single mask colour for transparency. |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | """ |
| 2621 | return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2624 | """ |
| 2625 | BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be |
| 2628 | used when using a single mask colour for transparency. |
| 2629 | """ |
| 2630 | return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2633 | """ |
| 2634 | ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. |
| 2637 | """ |
| 2638 | return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | def Rescale(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2641 | """ |
| 2642 | Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to |
| 2645 | this function, the image will have the given width and height. |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | Returns the (modified) image itself. |
| 2648 | """ |
| 2649 | return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | def Resize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2652 | """ |
| 2653 | Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding |
| 2656 | either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The |
| 2657 | image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background |
| 2658 | colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new |
| 2659 | image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask |
| 2660 | colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any |
| 2661 | newly exposed areas. |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | Returns the (modified) image itself. |
| 2664 | """ |
| 2665 | return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2668 | """ |
| 2669 | SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs |
| 2672 | bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to |
| 2673 | manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that |
| 2674 | the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to |
| 2675 | get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. |
| 2676 | """ |
| 2677 | return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2680 | """ |
| 2681 | SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine |
| 2684 | performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a |
| 2685 | safe way to manipulate the data. |
| 2686 | """ |
| 2687 | return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | def GetRed(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2690 | """ |
| 2691 | GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. |
| 2694 | """ |
| 2695 | return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2698 | """ |
| 2699 | GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. |
| 2702 | """ |
| 2703 | return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2706 | """ |
| 2707 | GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. |
| 2710 | """ |
| 2711 | return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2714 | """ |
| 2715 | SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be |
| 2718 | called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check |
| 2719 | for this. |
| 2720 | """ |
| 2721 | return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2724 | """ |
| 2725 | GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be |
| 2728 | called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for |
| 2729 | this. |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 | The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 |
| 2732 | corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to |
| 2733 | the fully opaque pixels. |
| 2734 | """ |
| 2735 | return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2738 | """ |
| 2739 | HasAlpha(self) -> bool |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. |
| 2742 | """ |
| 2743 | return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2746 | """ |
| 2747 | InitAlpha(self) |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if |
| 2750 | the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by |
| 2751 | default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image |
| 2752 | has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. |
| 2753 | """ |
| 2754 | return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2757 | """ |
| 2758 | IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less |
| 2761 | than the spcified threshold. |
| 2762 | """ |
| 2763 | return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2766 | """ |
| 2767 | FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB |
| 2770 | values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a |
| 2771 | success flag and rgb values. |
| 2772 | """ |
| 2773 | return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2776 | """ |
| 2777 | ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All |
| 2780 | pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the |
| 2781 | mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is |
| 2782 | chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does |
| 2785 | nothing. |
| 2786 | """ |
| 2787 | return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2790 | """ |
| 2791 | ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | This method converts an image where the original alpha information is |
| 2794 | only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) |
| 2795 | typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC |
| 2796 | drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although |
| 2797 | they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values. This |
| 2798 | method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. |
| 2799 | The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. |
| 2800 | """ |
| 2801 | return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2804 | """ |
| 2805 | SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of |
| 2808 | ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done |
| 2809 | by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as |
| 2810 | the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the |
| 2811 | image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the |
| 2814 | image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the |
| 2815 | mask was successfully applied. |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is |
| 2818 | computationally intensive operation. |
| 2819 | """ |
| 2820 | return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | def CanRead(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2823 | """ |
| 2824 | CanRead(String filename) -> bool |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. |
| 2827 | """ |
| 2828 | return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead) |
| 2831 | def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2832 | """ |
| 2833 | GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler |
| 2836 | is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return |
| 2837 | the number of available images. |
| 2838 | """ |
| 2839 | return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount) |
| 2842 | def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2843 | """ |
| 2844 | LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the |
| 2847 | library will try to autodetect the format. |
| 2848 | """ |
| 2849 | return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2852 | """ |
| 2853 | LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type |
| 2856 | string. |
| 2857 | """ |
| 2858 | return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2861 | """ |
| 2862 | SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | Saves an image in the named file. |
| 2865 | """ |
| 2866 | return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2869 | """ |
| 2870 | SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | Saves an image in the named file. |
| 2873 | """ |
| 2874 | return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2877 | """ |
| 2878 | CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the |
| 2881 | data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like |
| 2882 | object. |
| 2883 | """ |
| 2884 | return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream) |
| 2887 | def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2888 | """ |
| 2889 | LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like |
| 2892 | object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to |
| 2893 | autodetect the format. |
| 2894 | """ |
| 2895 | return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2898 | """ |
| 2899 | LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like |
| 2902 | object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. |
| 2903 | """ |
| 2904 | return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | def IsOk(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2907 | """ |
| 2908 | IsOk(self) -> bool |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | Returns true if image data is present. |
| 2911 | """ |
| 2912 | return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | Ok = IsOk |
| 2915 | def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2916 | """ |
| 2917 | GetWidth(self) -> int |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | Gets the width of the image in pixels. |
| 2920 | """ |
| 2921 | return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2924 | """ |
| 2925 | GetHeight(self) -> int |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | Gets the height of the image in pixels. |
| 2928 | """ |
| 2929 | return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2932 | """ |
| 2933 | GetSize(self) -> Size |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | Returns the size of the image in pixels. |
| 2936 | """ |
| 2937 | return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2940 | """ |
| 2941 | GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs |
| 2944 | entirely to the image. |
| 2945 | """ |
| 2946 | return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | def Size(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2949 | """ |
| 2950 | Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding |
| 2953 | either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The |
| 2954 | image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background |
| 2955 | colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new |
| 2956 | image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask |
| 2957 | colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any |
| 2958 | newly exposed areas. |
| 2959 | """ |
| 2960 | return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | def Copy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2963 | """ |
| 2964 | Copy(self) -> Image |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | Returns an identical copy of the image. |
| 2967 | """ |
| 2968 | return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | def Paste(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2971 | """ |
| 2972 | Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour |
| 2975 | and any out of bounds problems. |
| 2976 | """ |
| 2977 | return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | def GetData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2980 | """ |
| 2981 | GetData(self) -> PyObject |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. |
| 2984 | """ |
| 2985 | return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | def SetData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2988 | """ |
| 2989 | SetData(self, buffer data) |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts |
| 2992 | either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of |
| 2993 | the data must be width*height*3. |
| 2994 | """ |
| 2995 | return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 2998 | """ |
| 2999 | GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB |
| 3002 | image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do |
| 3003 | not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. |
| 3004 | """ |
| 3005 | return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3008 | """ |
| 3009 | SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer |
| 3012 | object. This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must |
| 3013 | ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. |
| 3014 | """ |
| 3015 | return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3018 | """ |
| 3019 | GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 | Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. |
| 3022 | """ |
| 3023 | return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3026 | """ |
| 3027 | SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes. Accepts either |
| 3030 | a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the |
| 3031 | data must be width*height. |
| 3032 | """ |
| 3033 | return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3036 | """ |
| 3037 | GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha |
| 3040 | data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not |
| 3041 | use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. |
| 3042 | """ |
| 3043 | return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3046 | """ |
| 3047 | SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha) |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer |
| 3050 | object. This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must |
| 3051 | ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does. |
| 3052 | """ |
| 3053 | return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3056 | """ |
| 3057 | SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the |
| 3060 | mask). |
| 3061 | """ |
| 3062 | return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3065 | """ |
| 3066 | GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. |
| 3069 | """ |
| 3070 | return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3073 | """ |
| 3074 | GetMaskRed(self) -> byte |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | Gets the red component of the mask colour. |
| 3077 | """ |
| 3078 | return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3081 | """ |
| 3082 | GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | Gets the green component of the mask colour. |
| 3085 | """ |
| 3086 | return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3089 | """ |
| 3090 | GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | Gets the blue component of the mask colour. |
| 3093 | """ |
| 3094 | return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | def SetMask(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3097 | """ |
| 3098 | SetMask(self, bool mask=True) |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is |
| 3101 | determined by the current mask colour. |
| 3102 | """ |
| 3103 | return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | def HasMask(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3106 | """ |
| 3107 | HasMask(self) -> bool |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. |
| 3110 | """ |
| 3111 | return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | def Rotate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3114 | """ |
| 3115 | Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True, |
| 3116 | Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing |
| 3119 | ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is |
| 3120 | slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the |
| 3121 | uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black |
| 3122 | will be used as the fill colour. |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. |
| 3125 | """ |
| 3126 | return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3129 | """ |
| 3130 | Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction |
| 3133 | indicated by ``clockwise``. |
| 3134 | """ |
| 3135 | return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 | def Mirror(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3138 | """ |
| 3139 | Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` |
| 3142 | indicates the orientation. |
| 3143 | """ |
| 3144 | return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | def Replace(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3147 | """ |
| 3148 | Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour |
| 3151 | ``(r2,g2,b2)``. |
| 3152 | """ |
| 3153 | return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3156 | """ |
| 3157 | ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the |
| 3160 | image. The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb), |
| 3161 | defaults to ITU-T BT.601 |
| 3162 | """ |
| 3163 | return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3166 | """ |
| 3167 | ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has |
| 3170 | white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black |
| 3171 | colour everywhere else. |
| 3172 | """ |
| 3173 | return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | def SetOption(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3176 | """ |
| 3177 | SetOption(self, String name, String value) |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | Sets an image handler defined option. For example, when saving as a |
| 3180 | JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a |
| 3181 | number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). |
| 3182 | """ |
| 3183 | return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3186 | """ |
| 3187 | SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | Sets an image option as an integer. |
| 3190 | """ |
| 3191 | return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | def GetOption(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3194 | """ |
| 3195 | GetOption(self, String name) -> String |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | Gets the value of an image handler option. |
| 3198 | """ |
| 3199 | return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3202 | """ |
| 3203 | GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer. If the given |
| 3206 | option is not present, the function returns 0. |
| 3207 | """ |
| 3208 | return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | def HasOption(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3211 | """ |
| 3212 | HasOption(self, String name) -> bool |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | Returns true if the given option is present. |
| 3215 | """ |
| 3216 | return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | def CountColours(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3219 | """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" |
| 3220 | return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3223 | """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" |
| 3224 | return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3227 | """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" |
| 3228 | return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler) |
| 3231 | def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3232 | """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" |
| 3233 | return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler) |
| 3236 | def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3237 | """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" |
| 3238 | return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler) |
| 3241 | def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3242 | """GetHandlers() -> PyObject""" |
| 3243 | return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers) |
| 3246 | def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3247 | """ |
| 3248 | GetImageExtWildcard() -> String |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string |
| 3251 | containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save |
| 3252 | dialog boxes. |
| 3253 | """ |
| 3254 | return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard) |
| 3257 | def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3258 | """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" |
| 3259 | return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3262 | """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" |
| 3263 | return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3266 | """ |
| 3267 | RotateHue(self, double angle) |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the |
| 3270 | range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees |
| 3271 | """ |
| 3272 | return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3275 | """ |
| 3276 | RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. |
| 3279 | """ |
| 3280 | return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV) |
| 3283 | def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3284 | """ |
| 3285 | HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. |
| 3288 | """ |
| 3289 | return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB) |
| 3292 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk() |
| 3293 | AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`") |
| 3294 | AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`") |
| 3295 | Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`") |
| 3296 | DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`") |
| 3297 | Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`") |
| 3298 | MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`") |
| 3299 | MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`") |
| 3300 | MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`") |
| 3301 | Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`") |
| 3302 | _core_.Image_swigregister(Image) |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3305 | """ |
| 3306 | ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as |
| 3309 | 'image/jpeg') to specify image type. |
| 3310 | """ |
| 3311 | val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3312 | return val |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3315 | """ |
| 3316 | ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like |
| 3319 | object. |
| 3320 | """ |
| 3321 | val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3322 | return val |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3325 | """ |
| 3326 | ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like |
| 3329 | object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. |
| 3330 | """ |
| 3331 | val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3332 | return val |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3335 | """ |
| 3336 | EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all |
| 3339 | pixels to black. |
| 3340 | """ |
| 3341 | val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3342 | return val |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3345 | """ |
| 3346 | ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. |
| 3349 | """ |
| 3350 | val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3351 | return val |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3354 | """ |
| 3355 | ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts either a |
| 3358 | string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data |
| 3359 | must be width*height*3. |
| 3360 | """ |
| 3361 | val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3362 | return val |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3365 | """ |
| 3366 | ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. |
| 3369 | Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the |
| 3370 | length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the |
| 3371 | alpha data must be width*height bytes. |
| 3372 | """ |
| 3373 | val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3374 | return val |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3377 | """ |
| 3378 | Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. |
| 3381 | """ |
| 3382 | return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3385 | """ |
| 3386 | Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 | If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler |
| 3389 | is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return |
| 3390 | the number of available images. |
| 3391 | """ |
| 3392 | return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3395 | """ |
| 3396 | Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the |
| 3399 | data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like |
| 3400 | object. |
| 3401 | """ |
| 3402 | return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3405 | """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" |
| 3406 | return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3409 | """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" |
| 3410 | return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3413 | """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" |
| 3414 | return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | def Image_GetHandlers(*args): |
| 3417 | """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject""" |
| 3418 | return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args) |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args): |
| 3421 | """ |
| 3422 | Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string |
| 3425 | containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save |
| 3426 | dialog boxes. |
| 3427 | """ |
| 3428 | return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args) |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3431 | """ |
| 3432 | Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. |
| 3435 | """ |
| 3436 | return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3439 | """ |
| 3440 | Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. |
| 3443 | """ |
| 3444 | return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3448 | """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image""" |
| 3449 | return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3450 | def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None): |
| 3451 | """ |
| 3452 | Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer. The dataBuffer |
| 3453 | parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface, |
| 3454 | such as a string, array, etc. The dataBuffer object is expected to |
| 3455 | contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long. A buffer |
| 3456 | object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and |
| 3457 | it is expected to be width*height bytes long. |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized |
| 3460 | to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the |
| 3461 | time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image. |
| 3462 | While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot |
| 3463 | risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects. |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer |
| 3466 | objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until |
| 3467 | after the wx.Image is deleted. However please be aware that it is not |
| 3468 | guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location |
| 3469 | when it needs to resize its contents. If that happens then the wx.Image |
| 3470 | will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the |
| 3471 | application to crash. Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate |
| 3472 | the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause |
| 3473 | them to change size. |
| 3474 | """ |
| 3475 | image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer) |
| 3476 | image._buffer = dataBuffer |
| 3477 | image._alpha = alphaBuffer |
| 3478 | return image |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | def InitAllImageHandlers(): |
| 3481 | """ |
| 3482 | The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to |
| 3483 | the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. |
| 3484 | """ |
| 3485 | pass |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES |
| 3488 | IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM |
| 3489 | PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR |
| 3490 | PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY |
| 3491 | PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED |
| 3492 | BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP |
| 3493 | BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP |
| 3494 | BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY |
| 3495 | BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY |
| 3496 | BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED |
| 3497 | BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE |
| 3498 | BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP |
| 3499 | BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP |
| 3500 | BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW |
| 3501 | class BMPHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3502 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" |
| 3503 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3504 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3505 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3506 | """ |
| 3507 | __init__(self) -> BMPHandler |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. |
| 3510 | """ |
| 3511 | _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3512 | _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler) |
| 3513 | NullImage = cvar.NullImage |
| 3514 | IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME |
| 3515 | IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT |
| 3516 | IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X |
| 3517 | IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y |
| 3518 | IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION |
| 3519 | IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX |
| 3520 | IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY |
| 3521 | IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT |
| 3522 | IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY |
| 3523 | IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE |
| 3524 | IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL |
| 3525 | IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION |
| 3526 | IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR |
| 3527 | IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT |
| 3528 | IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | class ICOHandler(BMPHandler): |
| 3531 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" |
| 3532 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3533 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3534 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3535 | """ |
| 3536 | __init__(self) -> ICOHandler |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. |
| 3539 | """ |
| 3540 | _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3541 | _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler) |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | class CURHandler(ICOHandler): |
| 3544 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" |
| 3545 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3546 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3547 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3548 | """ |
| 3549 | __init__(self) -> CURHandler |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. |
| 3552 | """ |
| 3553 | _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3554 | _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler) |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | class ANIHandler(CURHandler): |
| 3557 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" |
| 3558 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3559 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3560 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3561 | """ |
| 3562 | __init__(self) -> ANIHandler |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. |
| 3565 | """ |
| 3566 | _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3567 | _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler) |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | class PNGHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3570 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" |
| 3571 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3572 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3573 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3574 | """ |
| 3575 | __init__(self) -> PNGHandler |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. |
| 3578 | """ |
| 3579 | _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3580 | _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler) |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | class GIFHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3583 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" |
| 3584 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3585 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3586 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3587 | """ |
| 3588 | __init__(self) -> GIFHandler |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. |
| 3591 | """ |
| 3592 | _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3593 | _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler) |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | class PCXHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3596 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" |
| 3597 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3598 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3599 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3600 | """ |
| 3601 | __init__(self) -> PCXHandler |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. |
| 3604 | """ |
| 3605 | _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3606 | _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler) |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3609 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" |
| 3610 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3611 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3612 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3613 | """ |
| 3614 | __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. |
| 3617 | """ |
| 3618 | _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3619 | _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler) |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | class PNMHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3622 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" |
| 3623 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3624 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3625 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3626 | """ |
| 3627 | __init__(self) -> PNMHandler |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. |
| 3630 | """ |
| 3631 | _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3632 | _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler) |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | class XPMHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3635 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" |
| 3636 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3637 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3638 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3639 | """ |
| 3640 | __init__(self) -> XPMHandler |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. |
| 3643 | """ |
| 3644 | _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3645 | _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler) |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler): |
| 3648 | """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" |
| 3649 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3650 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3651 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3652 | """ |
| 3653 | __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. |
| 3656 | """ |
| 3657 | _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3658 | _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler) |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS |
| 3661 | QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE |
| 3662 | class Quantize(object): |
| 3663 | """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" |
| 3664 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3665 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 3666 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3667 | def Quantize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3668 | """ |
| 3669 | Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the |
| 3672 | destination image, setting the palette in the destination if |
| 3673 | needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. |
| 3674 | """ |
| 3675 | return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize) |
| 3678 | _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize) |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3681 | """ |
| 3682 | Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the |
| 3685 | destination image, setting the palette in the destination if |
| 3686 | needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. |
| 3687 | """ |
| 3688 | return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | class EvtHandler(Object): |
| 3693 | """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" |
| 3694 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 3695 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 3696 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 3697 | """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" |
| 3698 | _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 3699 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3702 | """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" |
| 3703 | return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3706 | """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" |
| 3707 | return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3710 | """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" |
| 3711 | return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3714 | """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" |
| 3715 | return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3718 | """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" |
| 3719 | return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3722 | """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" |
| 3723 | return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3726 | """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" |
| 3727 | return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3730 | """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" |
| 3731 | return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3734 | """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" |
| 3735 | return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | def AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3738 | """AllowReentrance(self, bool allow=True)""" |
| 3739 | return _core_.EvtHandler_AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | def IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3742 | """IsReentranceAllowed(self) -> bool""" |
| 3743 | return _core_.EvtHandler_IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | def IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3746 | """IsEventHandlingInProgress(self) -> bool""" |
| 3747 | return _core_.EvtHandler_IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | def Connect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3750 | """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" |
| 3751 | return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3754 | """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" |
| 3755 | return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 3758 | """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" |
| 3759 | val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 3760 | args[0].thisown = 0 |
| 3761 | return val |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY): |
| 3764 | """ |
| 3765 | Bind an event to an event handler. |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the |
| 3768 | type of event to bind, |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the |
| 3771 | event is delivered to self. Pass None to |
| 3772 | disconnect an event handler. |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a |
| 3775 | different window than self, but you still |
| 3776 | want to catch it in self. (For example, a |
| 3777 | button event delivered to a frame.) By |
| 3778 | passing the source of the event, the event |
| 3779 | handling system is able to differentiate |
| 3780 | between the same event type from different |
| 3781 | controls. |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead |
| 3784 | of instance. |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler |
| 3787 | to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. |
| 3788 | """ |
| 3789 | if source is not None: |
| 3790 | id = source.GetId() |
| 3791 | event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler) |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY): |
| 3794 | """ |
| 3795 | Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. |
| 3796 | Returns True if successful. |
| 3797 | """ |
| 3798 | if source is not None: |
| 3799 | id = source.GetId() |
| 3800 | return event.Unbind(self, id, id2) |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`") |
| 3803 | NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`") |
| 3804 | PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`") |
| 3805 | _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler) |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | class PyEventBinder(object): |
| 3810 | """ |
| 3811 | Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event |
| 3812 | handlers. |
| 3813 | """ |
| 3814 | def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0): |
| 3815 | if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]: |
| 3816 | raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" |
| 3817 | self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple: |
| 3820 | self.evtType = evtType |
| 3821 | else: |
| 3822 | self.evtType = [evtType] |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function): |
| 3826 | """Bind this set of event types to target.""" |
| 3827 | for et in self.evtType: |
| 3828 | target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function) |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2): |
| 3832 | """Remove an event binding.""" |
| 3833 | success = 0 |
| 3834 | for et in self.evtType: |
| 3835 | success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et) |
| 3836 | return success != 0 |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | def __call__(self, *args): |
| 3840 | """ |
| 3841 | For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. |
| 3842 | Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, |
| 3843 | func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the |
| 3844 | type of the event. |
| 3845 | """ |
| 3846 | assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs |
| 3847 | id1 = wx.ID_ANY |
| 3848 | id2 = wx.ID_ANY |
| 3849 | target = args[0] |
| 3850 | if self.expectedIDs == 0: |
| 3851 | func = args[1] |
| 3852 | elif self.expectedIDs == 1: |
| 3853 | id1 = args[1] |
| 3854 | func = args[2] |
| 3855 | elif self.expectedIDs == 2: |
| 3856 | id1 = args[1] |
| 3857 | id2 = args[2] |
| 3858 | func = args[3] |
| 3859 | else: |
| 3860 | raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func) |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... |
| 3866 | def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func): |
| 3867 | win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func) |
| 3868 | def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func): |
| 3869 | win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func) |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE |
| 3877 | EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 | def NewEventType(*args): |
| 3880 | """NewEventType() -> EventType""" |
| 3881 | return _core_.NewEventType(*args) |
| 3882 | wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL |
| 3883 | wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST |
| 3884 | wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST |
| 3885 | wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED |
| 3886 | wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED |
| 3887 | wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED |
| 3888 | wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED |
| 3889 | wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED |
| 3890 | wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED |
| 3891 | wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED |
| 3892 | wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED |
| 3893 | wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED |
| 3894 | wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED |
| 3895 | wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED |
| 3896 | wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED |
| 3897 | wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED |
| 3898 | wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED |
| 3899 | wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED |
| 3900 | wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER |
| 3901 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN |
| 3902 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP |
| 3903 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN |
| 3904 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP |
| 3905 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN |
| 3906 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP |
| 3907 | wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION |
| 3908 | wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW |
| 3909 | wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW |
| 3910 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK |
| 3911 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK |
| 3912 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK |
| 3913 | wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS |
| 3914 | wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS |
| 3915 | wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS |
| 3916 | wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL |
| 3917 | wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN |
| 3918 | wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP |
| 3919 | wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN |
| 3920 | wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP |
| 3921 | wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN |
| 3922 | wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP |
| 3923 | wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION |
| 3924 | wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW |
| 3925 | wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW |
| 3926 | wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK |
| 3927 | wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK |
| 3928 | wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK |
| 3929 | wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR |
| 3930 | wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK |
| 3931 | wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY |
| 3932 | wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN |
| 3933 | wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP |
| 3934 | wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY |
| 3935 | wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR |
| 3936 | wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP |
| 3937 | wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM |
| 3938 | wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP |
| 3939 | wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN |
| 3940 | wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP |
| 3941 | wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN |
| 3942 | wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK |
| 3943 | wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE |
| 3944 | wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED |
| 3945 | wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED |
| 3946 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP |
| 3947 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM |
| 3948 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP |
| 3949 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN |
| 3950 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP |
| 3951 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN |
| 3952 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK |
| 3953 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
| 3954 | wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE |
| 3955 | wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE |
| 3956 | wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW |
| 3957 | wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION |
| 3958 | wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION |
| 3959 | wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP |
| 3960 | wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE |
| 3961 | wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE |
| 3962 | wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY |
| 3963 | wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW |
| 3964 | wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE |
| 3965 | wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE |
| 3966 | wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED |
| 3967 | wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST |
| 3968 | wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT |
| 3969 | wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND |
| 3970 | wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT |
| 3971 | wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON |
| 3972 | wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN |
| 3973 | wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE |
| 3974 | wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT |
| 3975 | wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU |
| 3976 | wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED |
| 3977 | wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED |
| 3978 | wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED |
| 3979 | wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE |
| 3980 | wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED |
| 3981 | wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES |
| 3982 | wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM |
| 3983 | wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM |
| 3984 | wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM |
| 3985 | wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG |
| 3986 | wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE |
| 3987 | wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI |
| 3988 | wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING |
| 3989 | wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING |
| 3990 | wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE |
| 3991 | wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY |
| 3992 | wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT |
| 3993 | wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE |
| 3994 | wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK |
| 3995 | wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK |
| 3996 | wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK |
| 3997 | wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK |
| 3998 | wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS |
| 3999 | wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS |
| 4000 | wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER |
| 4001 | # |
| 4002 | # Create some event binders |
| 4003 | EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE ) |
| 4004 | EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING ) |
| 4005 | EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE ) |
| 4006 | EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING ) |
| 4007 | EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW ) |
| 4008 | EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION ) |
| 4009 | EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION ) |
| 4010 | EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT ) |
| 4011 | EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT ) |
| 4012 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND ) |
| 4013 | EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR ) |
| 4014 | EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN ) |
| 4015 | EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP ) |
| 4016 | EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1) |
| 4017 | EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK ) |
| 4018 | EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN ) |
| 4019 | EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE ) |
| 4020 | EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1) |
| 4021 | EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT ) |
| 4022 | EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS ) |
| 4023 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS ) |
| 4024 | EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS ) |
| 4025 | EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE ) |
| 4026 | EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP ) |
| 4027 | EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE ) |
| 4028 | EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION ) |
| 4029 | EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION ) |
| 4030 | EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES ) |
| 4031 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG ) |
| 4032 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED ) |
| 4033 | EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED ) |
| 4034 | EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW ) |
| 4035 | EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE ) |
| 4036 | EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE ) |
| 4037 | EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY ) |
| 4038 | EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED ) |
| 4039 | EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE ) |
| 4040 | EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE ) |
| 4041 | EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY ) |
| 4042 | EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR ) |
| 4043 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED ) |
| 4044 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST ) |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ) |
| 4047 | EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP ) |
| 4048 | EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN ) |
| 4049 | EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP ) |
| 4050 | EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ) |
| 4051 | EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP ) |
| 4052 | EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION ) |
| 4053 | EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK ) |
| 4054 | EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK ) |
| 4055 | EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK ) |
| 4056 | EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW ) |
| 4057 | EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW ) |
| 4058 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL ) |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, |
| 4061 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, |
| 4062 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, |
| 4063 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, |
| 4064 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, |
| 4065 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, |
| 4066 | wxEVT_MOTION, |
| 4067 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, |
| 4068 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
| 4069 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, |
| 4070 | wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, |
| 4071 | wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, |
| 4072 | wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL |
| 4073 | ]) |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) |
| 4077 | EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, |
| 4078 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, |
| 4079 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, |
| 4080 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, |
| 4081 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, |
| 4082 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, |
| 4083 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, |
| 4084 | wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, |
| 4085 | ]) |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP ) |
| 4088 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM ) |
| 4089 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP ) |
| 4090 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN ) |
| 4091 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP ) |
| 4092 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN ) |
| 4093 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ) |
| 4094 | EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE ) |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar |
| 4097 | EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, |
| 4098 | wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, |
| 4099 | wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, |
| 4100 | wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, |
| 4101 | wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, |
| 4102 | wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, |
| 4103 | wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, |
| 4104 | wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, |
| 4105 | wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, |
| 4106 | ]) |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP ) |
| 4109 | EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM ) |
| 4110 | EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP ) |
| 4111 | EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN ) |
| 4112 | EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP ) |
| 4113 | EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN ) |
| 4114 | EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK ) |
| 4115 | EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE ) |
| 4116 | EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED ) |
| 4117 | EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id |
| 4120 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, |
| 4121 | wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, |
| 4122 | wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, |
| 4123 | wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, |
| 4124 | wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, |
| 4125 | wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, |
| 4126 | wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, |
| 4127 | wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, |
| 4128 | wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, |
| 4129 | ], 1) |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1) |
| 4132 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1) |
| 4133 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1) |
| 4134 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1) |
| 4135 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1) |
| 4136 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1) |
| 4137 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1) |
| 4138 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1) |
| 4139 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1) |
| 4140 | EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1) |
| 4143 | EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1) |
| 4144 | EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4145 | EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4146 | EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1) |
| 4147 | EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4148 | EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2) |
| 4149 | EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1) |
| 4150 | EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4151 | EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1) |
| 4154 | EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4155 | EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1) |
| 4156 | EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1) |
| 4157 | EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2) |
| 4158 | EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1) |
| 4159 | EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2) |
| 4160 | EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1) |
| 4161 | EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1) |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1) |
| 4165 | EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1) |
| 4166 | EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1) |
| 4167 | EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1) |
| 4168 | EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1) |
| 4169 | EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1) |
| 4170 | EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1) |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE ) |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1) |
| 4175 | EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2) |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU ) |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | EVT_TEXT_CUT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT ) |
| 4180 | EVT_TEXT_COPY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY ) |
| 4181 | EVT_TEXT_PASTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE ) |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | class Event(Object): |
| 4187 | """ |
| 4188 | An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a |
| 4189 | callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for |
| 4190 | other event classes |
| 4191 | """ |
| 4192 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4193 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 4194 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4195 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event |
| 4196 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 4197 | def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4198 | """ |
| 4199 | SetEventType(self, EventType typ) |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | Sets the specific type of the event. |
| 4202 | """ |
| 4203 | return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4206 | """ |
| 4207 | GetEventType(self) -> EventType |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as |
| 4210 | ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. |
| 4211 | """ |
| 4212 | return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4215 | """ |
| 4216 | GetEventObject(self) -> Object |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if |
| 4219 | any. |
| 4220 | """ |
| 4221 | return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4224 | """ |
| 4225 | SetEventObject(self, Object obj) |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the |
| 4228 | object that is sending the event. |
| 4229 | """ |
| 4230 | return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4233 | """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" |
| 4234 | return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4237 | """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" |
| 4238 | return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | def GetId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4241 | """ |
| 4242 | GetId(self) -> int |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button |
| 4245 | command id. |
| 4246 | """ |
| 4247 | return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | def SetId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4250 | """ |
| 4251 | SetId(self, int Id) |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 | Set's the ID for the event. This is usually the ID of the window that |
| 4254 | is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu |
| 4255 | item, etc. |
| 4256 | """ |
| 4257 | return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4260 | """ |
| 4261 | IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else |
| 4264 | it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. |
| 4265 | """ |
| 4266 | return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | def Skip(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4269 | """ |
| 4270 | Skip(self, bool skip=True) |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether |
| 4273 | further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the |
| 4274 | current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is |
| 4275 | used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is |
| 4276 | called, the event processing system continues searching for a further |
| 4277 | handler function for this event, even though it has been processed |
| 4278 | already in the current handler. |
| 4279 | """ |
| 4280 | return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4283 | """ |
| 4284 | GetSkipped(self) -> bool |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. |
| 4287 | :see: `Skip` |
| 4288 | """ |
| 4289 | return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4292 | """ |
| 4293 | ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, |
| 4296 | i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. |
| 4297 | """ |
| 4298 | return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4301 | """ |
| 4302 | StopPropagation(self) -> int |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | Stop the event from propagating to its parent window. Returns the old |
| 4305 | propagation level value which may be later passed to |
| 4306 | `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. |
| 4307 | """ |
| 4308 | return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4311 | """ |
| 4312 | ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level. (For |
| 4315 | example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to |
| 4316 | `StopPropagation`.) |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | """ |
| 4319 | return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | def Clone(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4322 | """Clone(self) -> Event""" |
| 4323 | return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`") |
| 4326 | EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`") |
| 4327 | Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`") |
| 4328 | Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`") |
| 4329 | Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`") |
| 4330 | _core_.Event_swigregister(Event) |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | class PropagationDisabler(object): |
| 4335 | """ |
| 4336 | Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply |
| 4337 | create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the |
| 4338 | propogation of the event will be restored. |
| 4339 | """ |
| 4340 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4341 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4342 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4343 | """ |
| 4344 | __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply |
| 4347 | create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the |
| 4348 | propogation of the event will be restored. |
| 4349 | """ |
| 4350 | _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4351 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler |
| 4352 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 4353 | _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler) |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | class PropagateOnce(object): |
| 4356 | """ |
| 4357 | A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an |
| 4358 | event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is |
| 4359 | destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. |
| 4360 | """ |
| 4361 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4362 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4363 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4364 | """ |
| 4365 | __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an |
| 4368 | event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is |
| 4369 | destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. |
| 4370 | """ |
| 4371 | _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4372 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce |
| 4373 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 4374 | _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce) |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | class CommandEvent(Event): |
| 4379 | """ |
| 4380 | This event class contains information about command events, which |
| 4381 | originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and |
| 4382 | toolbars. |
| 4383 | """ |
| 4384 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4385 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4386 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4387 | """ |
| 4388 | __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | This event class contains information about command events, which |
| 4391 | originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and |
| 4392 | toolbars. |
| 4393 | """ |
| 4394 | _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4395 | def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4396 | """ |
| 4397 | GetSelection(self) -> int |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid |
| 4400 | for a deselection). |
| 4401 | """ |
| 4402 | return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | def SetString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4405 | """SetString(self, String s)""" |
| 4406 | return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | def GetString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4409 | """ |
| 4410 | GetString(self) -> String |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid |
| 4413 | for a deselection). |
| 4414 | """ |
| 4415 | return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4418 | """ |
| 4419 | IsChecked(self) -> bool |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the |
| 4422 | checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false |
| 4423 | for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if |
| 4424 | the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only |
| 4425 | makes sense for checkable menu items). |
| 4426 | """ |
| 4427 | return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | Checked = IsChecked |
| 4430 | def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4431 | """ |
| 4432 | IsSelection(self) -> bool |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, |
| 4435 | false if it is a deselection. |
| 4436 | """ |
| 4437 | return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4440 | """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" |
| 4441 | return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4444 | """ |
| 4445 | GetExtraLong(self) -> long |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the |
| 4448 | event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining |
| 4449 | whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A |
| 4450 | listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in |
| 4451 | this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the |
| 4452 | listbox must be examined by the application. |
| 4453 | """ |
| 4454 | return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 | def SetInt(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4457 | """SetInt(self, int i)""" |
| 4458 | return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | def GetInt(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4461 | """ |
| 4462 | GetInt(self) -> int |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or |
| 4465 | radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a |
| 4466 | deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. |
| 4467 | """ |
| 4468 | return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4471 | """ |
| 4472 | GetClientData(self) -> PyObject |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.) |
| 4475 | """ |
| 4476 | return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4479 | """ |
| 4480 | SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData) |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | Associate the given client data with the item at position n. |
| 4483 | """ |
| 4484 | return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | GetClientObject = GetClientData |
| 4487 | SetClientObject = SetClientData |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | def Clone(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4490 | """Clone(self) -> Event""" |
| 4491 | return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`") |
| 4494 | ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`") |
| 4495 | ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`") |
| 4496 | Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`") |
| 4497 | Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`") |
| 4498 | String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`") |
| 4499 | _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent) |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 4504 | """ |
| 4505 | An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from |
| 4506 | a control when the control's state is being changed and the control |
| 4507 | allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler |
| 4508 | can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. |
| 4509 | """ |
| 4510 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4511 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4512 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4513 | """ |
| 4514 | __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 | An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from |
| 4517 | a control when the control's state is being changed and the control |
| 4518 | allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler |
| 4519 | can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. |
| 4520 | """ |
| 4521 | _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4522 | def Veto(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4523 | """ |
| 4524 | Veto(self) |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for |
| 4529 | vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which |
| 4530 | just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. |
| 4531 | """ |
| 4532 | return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | def Allow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4535 | """ |
| 4536 | Allow(self) |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be |
| 4539 | processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as |
| 4540 | the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this |
| 4541 | will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). |
| 4542 | """ |
| 4543 | return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 | def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4546 | """ |
| 4547 | IsAllowed(self) -> bool |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or |
| 4550 | false otherwise (if it was). |
| 4551 | """ |
| 4552 | return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent) |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 4559 | """ |
| 4560 | A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone |
| 4561 | scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send |
| 4562 | instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` |
| 4563 | instead. |
| 4564 | """ |
| 4565 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4566 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4567 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4568 | """ |
| 4569 | __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0, |
| 4570 | int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent |
| 4571 | """ |
| 4572 | _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4573 | def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4574 | """ |
| 4575 | GetOrientation(self) -> int |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of |
| 4578 | the scrollbar. |
| 4579 | """ |
| 4580 | return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4583 | """ |
| 4584 | GetPosition(self) -> int |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 | Returns the position of the scrollbar. |
| 4587 | """ |
| 4588 | return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4591 | """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" |
| 4592 | return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4595 | """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" |
| 4596 | return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 | Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`") |
| 4599 | Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`") |
| 4600 | _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent) |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4603 | |
| 4604 | class ScrollWinEvent(Event): |
| 4605 | """ |
| 4606 | A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from |
| 4607 | scrolling windows. |
| 4608 | """ |
| 4609 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4610 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4611 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4612 | """ |
| 4613 | __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from |
| 4616 | scrolling windows. |
| 4617 | """ |
| 4618 | _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4619 | def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4620 | """ |
| 4621 | GetOrientation(self) -> int |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of |
| 4624 | the scrollbar. |
| 4625 | """ |
| 4626 | return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4629 | """ |
| 4630 | GetPosition(self) -> int |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 | Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release |
| 4633 | events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you |
| 4634 | need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. |
| 4635 | """ |
| 4636 | return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4639 | """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" |
| 4640 | return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4643 | """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" |
| 4644 | return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`") |
| 4647 | Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`") |
| 4648 | _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent) |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY |
| 4653 | MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE |
| 4654 | MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT |
| 4655 | MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE |
| 4656 | MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT |
| 4657 | class MouseEvent(Event): |
| 4658 | """ |
| 4659 | This event class contains information about the events generated by |
| 4660 | the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and |
| 4661 | mouse move events. |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for |
| 4664 | the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and |
| 4665 | ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have |
| 4666 | a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the |
| 4667 | events from it. |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: |
| 4670 | the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse |
| 4671 | button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is |
| 4672 | currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the |
| 4673 | mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button |
| 4674 | is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, |
| 4675 | `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the |
| 4676 | underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same |
| 4677 | applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. |
| 4678 | """ |
| 4679 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 4680 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 4681 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 4682 | """ |
| 4683 | __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | Constructs a wx.MouseEvent. Valid event types are: |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW |
| 4688 | * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW |
| 4689 | * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN |
| 4690 | * wxEVT_LEFT_UP |
| 4691 | * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK |
| 4692 | * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN |
| 4693 | * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP |
| 4694 | * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK |
| 4695 | * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN |
| 4696 | * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP |
| 4697 | * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK |
| 4698 | * wxEVT_MOTION |
| 4699 | * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL |
| 4700 | """ |
| 4701 | _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 4702 | def IsButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4703 | """ |
| 4704 | IsButton(self) -> bool |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a |
| 4707 | button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). |
| 4708 | """ |
| 4709 | return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4712 | """ |
| 4713 | ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any |
| 4716 | mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which |
| 4717 | button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible |
| 4718 | values). |
| 4719 | """ |
| 4720 | return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4723 | """ |
| 4724 | ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any |
| 4727 | mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which |
| 4728 | double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible |
| 4729 | values). |
| 4730 | """ |
| 4731 | return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4734 | """ |
| 4735 | ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any |
| 4738 | mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button |
| 4739 | up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). |
| 4740 | """ |
| 4741 | return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | def Button(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4744 | """ |
| 4745 | Button(self, int button) -> bool |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid |
| 4748 | values of button are: |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | ==================== ===================================== |
| 4751 | wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT check if left button was pressed |
| 4752 | wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE check if middle button was pressed |
| 4753 | wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT check if right button was pressed |
| 4754 | wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY check if any button was pressed |
| 4755 | ==================== ===================================== |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | """ |
| 4758 | return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4761 | """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" |
| 4762 | return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | def GetButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4765 | """ |
| 4766 | GetButton(self) -> int |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | Returns the mouse button which generated this event or |
| 4769 | wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or |
| 4770 | leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for |
| 4771 | the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE |
| 4772 | and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the |
| 4773 | right buttons respectively. |
| 4774 | """ |
| 4775 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4778 | """ |
| 4779 | ControlDown(self) -> bool |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. |
| 4782 | """ |
| 4783 | return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4786 | """ |
| 4787 | MetaDown(self) -> bool |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. |
| 4790 | """ |
| 4791 | return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 | def AltDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4794 | """ |
| 4795 | AltDown(self) -> bool |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 | Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. |
| 4798 | """ |
| 4799 | return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4802 | """ |
| 4803 | ShiftDown(self) -> bool |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. |
| 4806 | """ |
| 4807 | return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4810 | """ |
| 4811 | CmdDown(self) -> bool |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix |
| 4814 | platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on |
| 4815 | Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` |
| 4816 | because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl |
| 4817 | elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this |
| 4818 | purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` |
| 4819 | and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. |
| 4820 | """ |
| 4821 | return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4824 | """ |
| 4825 | LeftDown(self) -> bool |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. |
| 4828 | """ |
| 4829 | return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4832 | """ |
| 4833 | MiddleDown(self) -> bool |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. |
| 4836 | """ |
| 4837 | return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | def RightDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4840 | """ |
| 4841 | RightDown(self) -> bool |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. |
| 4844 | """ |
| 4845 | return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 | def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4848 | """ |
| 4849 | LeftUp(self) -> bool |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. |
| 4852 | """ |
| 4853 | return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4856 | """ |
| 4857 | MiddleUp(self) -> bool |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. |
| 4860 | """ |
| 4861 | return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | def RightUp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4864 | """ |
| 4865 | RightUp(self) -> bool |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 | Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. |
| 4868 | """ |
| 4869 | return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4872 | """ |
| 4873 | LeftDClick(self) -> bool |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | Returns true if the event was a left button double click. |
| 4876 | """ |
| 4877 | return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4880 | """ |
| 4881 | MiddleDClick(self) -> bool |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. |
| 4884 | """ |
| 4885 | return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4888 | """ |
| 4889 | RightDClick(self) -> bool |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | Returns true if the event was a right button double click. |
| 4892 | """ |
| 4893 | return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4896 | """ |
| 4897 | LeftIsDown(self) -> bool |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent |
| 4900 | of the current event type. |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true |
| 4903 | if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the |
| 4904 | state of the mouse button before the event happened. |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process |
| 4907 | "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) |
| 4908 | dragging the mouse. |
| 4909 | """ |
| 4910 | return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4913 | """ |
| 4914 | MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent |
| 4917 | of the current event type. |
| 4918 | """ |
| 4919 | return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4922 | """ |
| 4923 | RightIsDown(self) -> bool |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent |
| 4926 | of the current event type. |
| 4927 | """ |
| 4928 | return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | def Dragging(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4931 | """ |
| 4932 | Dragging(self) -> bool |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is |
| 4935 | depressed). |
| 4936 | """ |
| 4937 | return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | def Moving(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4940 | """ |
| 4941 | Moving(self) -> bool |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were |
| 4944 | pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns |
| 4945 | false and Dragging returns true. |
| 4946 | """ |
| 4947 | return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | def Entering(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4950 | """ |
| 4951 | Entering(self) -> bool |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. |
| 4954 | """ |
| 4955 | return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | def Leaving(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4958 | """ |
| 4959 | Leaving(self) -> bool |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. |
| 4962 | """ |
| 4963 | return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4966 | """ |
| 4967 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 | Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the |
| 4970 | event happened. |
| 4971 | """ |
| 4972 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4975 | """ |
| 4976 | GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 | Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the |
| 4979 | event happened. |
| 4980 | """ |
| 4981 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4984 | """ |
| 4985 | GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 | Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated |
| 4988 | according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates |
| 4989 | that the window has been scrolled). |
| 4990 | """ |
| 4991 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | def GetX(*args, **kwargs): |
| 4994 | """ |
| 4995 | GetX(self) -> int |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. |
| 4998 | """ |
| 4999 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | def GetY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5002 | """ |
| 5003 | GetY(self) -> int |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. |
| 5006 | """ |
| 5007 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 | def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5010 | """ |
| 5011 | GetWheelRotation(self) -> int |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of |
| 5014 | rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to |
| 5015 | +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be |
| 5016 | created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one |
| 5017 | event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either |
| 5018 | do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values |
| 5019 | have been accumulated before scrolling. |
| 5020 | """ |
| 5021 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5024 | """ |
| 5025 | GetWheelDelta(self) -> int |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be |
| 5028 | taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) |
| 5029 | should occur for each delta. |
| 5030 | """ |
| 5031 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 | def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5034 | """ |
| 5035 | GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled |
| 5038 | per wheel action. Defaults to three. |
| 5039 | """ |
| 5040 | return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5043 | """ |
| 5044 | IsPageScroll(self) -> bool |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with |
| 5047 | the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. |
| 5048 | """ |
| 5049 | return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set) |
| 5052 | m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set) |
| 5053 | m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set) |
| 5054 | m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set) |
| 5055 | m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set) |
| 5056 | m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set) |
| 5057 | m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set) |
| 5058 | m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set) |
| 5059 | m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set) |
| 5060 | m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set) |
| 5061 | m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set) |
| 5062 | m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set) |
| 5063 | Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`") |
| 5064 | LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`") |
| 5065 | LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`") |
| 5066 | Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`") |
| 5067 | WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`") |
| 5068 | WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`") |
| 5069 | X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`") |
| 5070 | Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`") |
| 5071 | _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent) |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | class SetCursorEvent(Event): |
| 5076 | """ |
| 5077 | A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set |
| 5078 | as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the |
| 5079 | chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the |
| 5080 | current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` |
| 5081 | method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. |
| 5082 | """ |
| 5083 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5084 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5085 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5086 | """ |
| 5087 | __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. |
| 5090 | """ |
| 5091 | _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5092 | def GetX(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5093 | """ |
| 5094 | GetX(self) -> int |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 | Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. |
| 5097 | """ |
| 5098 | return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | def GetY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5101 | """ |
| 5102 | GetY(self) -> int |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 | Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. |
| 5105 | """ |
| 5106 | return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5109 | """ |
| 5110 | SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | Sets the cursor associated with this event. |
| 5113 | """ |
| 5114 | return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5117 | """ |
| 5118 | GetCursor(self) -> Cursor |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. |
| 5121 | """ |
| 5122 | return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5125 | """ |
| 5126 | HasCursor(self) -> bool |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. |
| 5129 | """ |
| 5130 | return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`") |
| 5133 | X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`") |
| 5134 | Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`") |
| 5135 | _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent) |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | class KeyEvent(Event): |
| 5140 | """ |
| 5141 | This event class contains information about keypress and character |
| 5142 | events. These events are only sent to the widget that currently has |
| 5143 | the keyboard focus. |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in |
| 5146 | wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference |
| 5147 | between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press |
| 5148 | and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just |
| 5149 | note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will |
| 5150 | typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only |
| 5151 | one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event |
| 5152 | corresponding to each down one. |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 | Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event |
| 5155 | carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric |
| 5156 | keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of |
| 5157 | WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in |
| 5158 | general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the |
| 5159 | key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for |
| 5160 | example. |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed |
| 5163 | and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key |
| 5164 | down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key |
| 5165 | code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and |
| 5166 | 'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be |
| 5167 | just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as |
| 5168 | well. |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code |
| 5171 | could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value |
| 5172 | returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this |
| 5173 | as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the |
| 5174 | translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly |
| 5175 | by the system itself. |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: |
| 5178 | for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the |
| 5179 | same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, |
| 5180 | the ASCII value of this key combination. |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 | You may discover how the other keys on your system behave |
| 5183 | interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and |
| 5184 | pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard |
| 5185 | focus. |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not |
| 5188 | call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not |
| 5189 | happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both |
| 5190 | types of events to be a bit simpler. |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets |
| 5193 | are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and |
| 5194 | WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char |
| 5195 | event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't |
| 5198 | process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to |
| 5199 | work under Windows. |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | """ |
| 5202 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5203 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5204 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5205 | """ |
| 5206 | __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`. Valid event types are: |
| 5209 | * |
| 5210 | """ |
| 5211 | _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5212 | def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5213 | """ |
| 5214 | GetModifiers(self) -> int |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings. Can be used to |
| 5217 | check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having |
| 5218 | to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down. For |
| 5219 | example:: |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL: |
| 5222 | DoSomething() |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | """ |
| 5225 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 | def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5228 | """ |
| 5229 | ControlDown(self) -> bool |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. |
| 5232 | """ |
| 5233 | return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5236 | """ |
| 5237 | MetaDown(self) -> bool |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. |
| 5240 | """ |
| 5241 | return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | def AltDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5244 | """ |
| 5245 | AltDown(self) -> bool |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. |
| 5248 | """ |
| 5249 | return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 | def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5252 | """ |
| 5253 | ShiftDown(self) -> bool |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. |
| 5256 | """ |
| 5257 | return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5260 | """ |
| 5261 | CmdDown(self) -> bool |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix |
| 5264 | platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on |
| 5265 | Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` |
| 5266 | because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl |
| 5267 | elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this |
| 5268 | purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` |
| 5269 | and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. |
| 5270 | """ |
| 5271 | return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5274 | """ |
| 5275 | HasModifiers(self) -> bool |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the |
| 5278 | key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither |
| 5279 | SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that |
| 5280 | it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the |
| 5281 | key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed |
| 5282 | normally). |
| 5283 | """ |
| 5284 | return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5287 | """ |
| 5288 | GetKeyCode(self) -> int |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, |
| 5291 | while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left |
| 5292 | cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key |
| 5293 | codes. |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if |
| 5296 | the user entered a character that can be represented in current |
| 5297 | locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode |
| 5298 | character using `GetUnicodeKey`. |
| 5299 | """ |
| 5300 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5303 | """ |
| 5304 | GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event. This |
| 5307 | function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. |
| 5308 | """ |
| 5309 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey |
| 5312 | def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5313 | """ |
| 5314 | SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar) |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode |
| 5317 | build of wxPython. |
| 5318 | """ |
| 5319 | return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5322 | """ |
| 5323 | GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent |
| 5326 | scan code which should only be used in advanced |
| 5327 | applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all |
| 5328 | ports. |
| 5329 | """ |
| 5330 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5333 | """ |
| 5334 | GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are |
| 5337 | platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. |
| 5338 | Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. |
| 5339 | """ |
| 5340 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5343 | """ |
| 5344 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | Find the position of the event, if applicable. |
| 5347 | """ |
| 5348 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 | def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5351 | """ |
| 5352 | GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | Find the position of the event, if applicable. |
| 5355 | """ |
| 5356 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | def GetX(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5359 | """ |
| 5360 | GetX(self) -> int |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if |
| 5363 | applicable. |
| 5364 | """ |
| 5365 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | def GetY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5368 | """ |
| 5369 | GetY(self) -> int |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if |
| 5372 | applicable. |
| 5373 | """ |
| 5374 | return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set) |
| 5377 | m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set) |
| 5378 | m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set) |
| 5379 | m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set) |
| 5380 | m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set) |
| 5381 | m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set) |
| 5382 | m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set) |
| 5383 | m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set) |
| 5384 | m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set) |
| 5385 | m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set) |
| 5386 | KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`") |
| 5387 | Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`") |
| 5388 | Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`") |
| 5389 | RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`") |
| 5390 | RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`") |
| 5391 | UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`") |
| 5392 | X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`") |
| 5393 | Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`") |
| 5394 | _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent) |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | class SizeEvent(Event): |
| 5399 | """ |
| 5400 | A size event holds information about size change events. The EVT_SIZE |
| 5401 | handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has |
| 5402 | been resized. |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call |
| 5405 | `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the |
| 5406 | application. |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is |
| 5409 | damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the |
| 5410 | next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the |
| 5411 | window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole |
| 5412 | window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to |
| 5413 | invalidate the entire window. |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | """ |
| 5416 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5417 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5418 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5419 | """ |
| 5420 | __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. |
| 5423 | """ |
| 5424 | _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5425 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5426 | """ |
| 5427 | GetSize(self) -> Size |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change |
| 5430 | event. |
| 5431 | """ |
| 5432 | return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | def GetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5435 | """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" |
| 5436 | return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | def SetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5439 | """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" |
| 5440 | return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | def SetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5443 | """SetSize(self, Size size)""" |
| 5444 | return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set) |
| 5447 | m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set) |
| 5448 | Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`") |
| 5449 | Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`") |
| 5450 | _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent) |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | class MoveEvent(Event): |
| 5455 | """ |
| 5456 | This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is |
| 5457 | moved to a new position. |
| 5458 | """ |
| 5459 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5460 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5461 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5462 | """ |
| 5463 | __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | Constructor. |
| 5466 | """ |
| 5467 | _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5468 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5469 | """ |
| 5470 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. |
| 5473 | """ |
| 5474 | return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | def GetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5477 | """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" |
| 5478 | return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | def SetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5481 | """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" |
| 5482 | return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 | def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5485 | """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" |
| 5486 | return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | m_pos = property(GetPosition, SetPosition) |
| 5489 | m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect) |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`") |
| 5492 | Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`") |
| 5493 | _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent) |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 | class PaintEvent(Event): |
| 5498 | """ |
| 5499 | A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. |
| 5500 | Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create |
| 5501 | a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it. Otherwise MS |
| 5502 | Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send |
| 5503 | the event again, causing endless refreshes. |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been |
| 5506 | damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, |
| 5507 | and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of |
| 5508 | the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some |
| 5509 | calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, |
| 5510 | scrolled units. |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | """ |
| 5513 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5514 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5515 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5516 | """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" |
| 5517 | _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5518 | _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent) |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | class NcPaintEvent(Event): |
| 5521 | """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" |
| 5522 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5523 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5524 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5525 | """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" |
| 5526 | _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5527 | _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent) |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | class EraseEvent(Event): |
| 5532 | """ |
| 5533 | An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be |
| 5534 | repainted. To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event |
| 5535 | binder. On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated |
| 5536 | (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned |
| 5539 | device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary |
| 5540 | `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | """ |
| 5543 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5544 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5545 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5546 | """ |
| 5547 | __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | Constructor |
| 5550 | """ |
| 5551 | _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5552 | def GetDC(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5553 | """ |
| 5554 | GetDC(self) -> DC |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon. If |
| 5557 | ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use |
| 5558 | that instead. |
| 5559 | """ |
| 5560 | return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`") |
| 5563 | _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent) |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | class FocusEvent(Event): |
| 5568 | """ |
| 5569 | A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing |
| 5570 | focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it |
| 5571 | gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. |
| 5572 | |
| 5573 | Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus |
| 5574 | to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is |
| 5575 | done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | """ |
| 5578 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5579 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5580 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5581 | """ |
| 5582 | __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | Constructor |
| 5585 | """ |
| 5586 | _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5587 | def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5588 | """ |
| 5589 | GetWindow(self) -> Window |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the |
| 5592 | window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the |
| 5593 | window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | Warning: the window returned may be None! |
| 5596 | """ |
| 5597 | return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5600 | """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" |
| 5601 | return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`") |
| 5604 | _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent) |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 5609 | """ |
| 5610 | A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child |
| 5611 | windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back |
| 5612 | to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later. |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving |
| 5615 | the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it |
| 5616 | is further down the containment heirarchy. Use `wx.Window.FindFocus` |
| 5617 | to get the widget that is actually receiving focus. |
| 5618 | """ |
| 5619 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5620 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5621 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5622 | """ |
| 5623 | __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | Constructor |
| 5626 | """ |
| 5627 | _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5628 | def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5629 | """ |
| 5630 | GetWindow(self) -> Window |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the |
| 5633 | focus. |
| 5634 | """ |
| 5635 | return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`") |
| 5638 | _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent) |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | class ActivateEvent(Event): |
| 5643 | """ |
| 5644 | An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire |
| 5645 | application is being activated or deactivated. |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when |
| 5648 | is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the |
| 5649 | title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. |
| 5650 | An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames |
| 5651 | becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all |
| 5652 | application frames being inactive. |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 | Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers |
| 5655 | for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not |
| 5656 | doing so can result in strange effects. |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | """ |
| 5659 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5660 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5661 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5662 | """ |
| 5663 | __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | Constructor |
| 5666 | """ |
| 5667 | _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5668 | def GetActive(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5669 | """ |
| 5670 | GetActive(self) -> bool |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false |
| 5673 | otherwise. |
| 5674 | """ |
| 5675 | return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`") |
| 5678 | _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent) |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | class InitDialogEvent(Event): |
| 5683 | """ |
| 5684 | A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for |
| 5685 | any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called. Handlers for this |
| 5686 | event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be |
| 5687 | done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler |
| 5688 | calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. |
| 5689 | """ |
| 5690 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5691 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5692 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5693 | """ |
| 5694 | __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 | Constructor |
| 5697 | """ |
| 5698 | _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5699 | _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent) |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | class MenuEvent(Event): |
| 5704 | """ |
| 5705 | This class is used for a variety of menu-related events. Note that |
| 5706 | these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending |
| 5707 | `wx.CommandEvent` objects. |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 | The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help |
| 5710 | text in the first field of the status bar. |
| 5711 | """ |
| 5712 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5713 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5714 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5715 | """ |
| 5716 | __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | Constructor |
| 5719 | """ |
| 5720 | _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5721 | def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5722 | """ |
| 5723 | GetMenuId(self) -> int |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method |
| 5726 | should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. |
| 5727 | """ |
| 5728 | return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5731 | """ |
| 5732 | IsPopup(self) -> bool |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a |
| 5735 | popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one. This method should only |
| 5736 | be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. |
| 5737 | """ |
| 5738 | return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5741 | """ |
| 5742 | GetMenu(self) -> Menu |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 | Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should |
| 5745 | only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. |
| 5746 | """ |
| 5747 | return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 | Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`") |
| 5750 | MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`") |
| 5751 | _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent) |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 | class CloseEvent(Event): |
| 5756 | """ |
| 5757 | This event class contains information about window and session close |
| 5758 | events. |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 | The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried |
| 5761 | to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or |
| 5762 | the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself |
| 5763 | programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` |
| 5764 | function. |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of |
| 5767 | the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy |
| 5768 | the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, |
| 5769 | it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. |
| 5770 | For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save |
| 5771 | files or to cancel the close. |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the |
| 5774 | calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the |
| 5775 | `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending |
| 5776 | on whether the close instruction was honored or not. |
| 5777 | """ |
| 5778 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5779 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5780 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5781 | """ |
| 5782 | __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | Constructor. |
| 5785 | """ |
| 5786 | _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5787 | def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5788 | """ |
| 5789 | SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | Sets the 'logging off' flag. |
| 5792 | """ |
| 5793 | return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5796 | """ |
| 5797 | GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 | Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the |
| 5800 | system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end |
| 5801 | session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close |
| 5802 | window event. |
| 5803 | """ |
| 5804 | return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | def Veto(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5807 | """ |
| 5808 | Veto(self, bool veto=True) |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to |
| 5811 | signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 | You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. |
| 5814 | """ |
| 5815 | return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5818 | """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" |
| 5819 | return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5822 | """ |
| 5823 | SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | Sets the 'can veto' flag. |
| 5826 | """ |
| 5827 | return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5830 | """ |
| 5831 | CanVeto(self) -> bool |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close |
| 5834 | event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling |
| 5835 | code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function |
| 5836 | must be called to check this. |
| 5837 | """ |
| 5838 | return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`") |
| 5841 | _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent) |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 | class ShowEvent(Event): |
| 5846 | """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" |
| 5847 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5848 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5849 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5850 | """ |
| 5851 | __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent |
| 5852 | |
| 5853 | An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. |
| 5854 | """ |
| 5855 | _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5856 | def SetShow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5857 | """SetShow(self, bool show)""" |
| 5858 | return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 | def GetShow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5861 | """GetShow(self) -> bool""" |
| 5862 | return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`") |
| 5865 | _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent) |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | class IconizeEvent(Event): |
| 5870 | """ |
| 5871 | An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or |
| 5872 | restored. |
| 5873 | """ |
| 5874 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5875 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5876 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5877 | """ |
| 5878 | __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or |
| 5881 | restored. |
| 5882 | """ |
| 5883 | _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5884 | def Iconized(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5885 | """ |
| 5886 | Iconized(self) -> bool |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 | Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has |
| 5889 | been restored. |
| 5890 | """ |
| 5891 | return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 | _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent) |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | class MaximizeEvent(Event): |
| 5898 | """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" |
| 5899 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5900 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5901 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 5902 | """ |
| 5903 | __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. |
| 5906 | """ |
| 5907 | _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 5908 | _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent) |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | class DropFilesEvent(Event): |
| 5913 | """ |
| 5914 | This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have |
| 5915 | been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available |
| 5916 | under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for |
| 5917 | dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general |
| 5920 | drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This |
| 5921 | implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of |
| 5922 | dropping files. |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop |
| 5925 | events. |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | """ |
| 5928 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 5929 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 5930 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 5931 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5932 | """ |
| 5933 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | Returns the position at which the files were dropped. |
| 5936 | """ |
| 5937 | return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5940 | """ |
| 5941 | GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | Returns the number of files dropped. |
| 5944 | """ |
| 5945 | return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs): |
| 5948 | """ |
| 5949 | GetFiles(self) -> PyObject |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. |
| 5952 | """ |
| 5953 | return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs) |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`") |
| 5956 | NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`") |
| 5957 | Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`") |
| 5958 | _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent) |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL |
| 5963 | UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED |
| 5964 | class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 5965 | """ |
| 5966 | This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by |
| 5967 | wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user |
| 5968 | interface elements. |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to |
| 5971 | check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as |
| 5972 | menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be |
| 5973 | mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a |
| 5974 | menu item or button. |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the |
| 5977 | state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets |
| 5978 | will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to |
| 5979 | worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more |
| 5980 | declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether |
| 5981 | you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can |
| 5982 | update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call |
| 5985 | functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will |
| 5986 | determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to |
| 5987 | update. |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 | These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just |
| 5990 | before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process |
| 5991 | any UI events for the window that owns the menu. |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting |
| 5994 | your application, you can do one or both of the following: |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 | 1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of |
| 5997 | wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style |
| 5998 | wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should |
| 5999 | receive update events. No other windows will receive update |
| 6000 | events. |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 | 2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond |
| 6003 | value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call |
| 6004 | `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when |
| 6005 | a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight |
| 6006 | delay before windows are updated. |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE |
| 6009 | handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent |
| 6010 | from an internal idle handler. |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 | wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On |
| 6013 | Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu |
| 6014 | is about to be shown, and not in idle time. |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | """ |
| 6017 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6018 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6019 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6020 | """ |
| 6021 | __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | Constructor |
| 6024 | """ |
| 6025 | _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6026 | def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6027 | """ |
| 6028 | GetChecked(self) -> bool |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. |
| 6031 | """ |
| 6032 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6035 | """ |
| 6036 | GetEnabled(self) -> bool |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. |
| 6039 | """ |
| 6040 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | def GetShown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6043 | """ |
| 6044 | GetShown(self) -> bool |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown. |
| 6047 | """ |
| 6048 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | def GetText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6051 | """ |
| 6052 | GetText(self) -> String |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. |
| 6055 | """ |
| 6056 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 | def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6059 | """ |
| 6060 | GetSetText(self) -> bool |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 | Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For |
| 6063 | wxWidgets internal use only. |
| 6064 | """ |
| 6065 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 | def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6068 | """ |
| 6069 | GetSetChecked(self) -> bool |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets |
| 6072 | internal use only. |
| 6073 | """ |
| 6074 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6077 | """ |
| 6078 | GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets |
| 6081 | internal use only. |
| 6082 | """ |
| 6083 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6086 | """ |
| 6087 | GetSetShown(self) -> bool |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets |
| 6090 | internal use only. |
| 6091 | """ |
| 6092 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | def Check(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6095 | """ |
| 6096 | Check(self, bool check) |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | Check or uncheck the UI element. |
| 6099 | """ |
| 6100 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 | def Enable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6103 | """ |
| 6104 | Enable(self, bool enable) |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | Enable or disable the UI element. |
| 6107 | """ |
| 6108 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | def Show(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6111 | """ |
| 6112 | Show(self, bool show) |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | Show or hide the UI element. |
| 6115 | """ |
| 6116 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | def SetText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6119 | """ |
| 6120 | SetText(self, String text) |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | Sets the text for this UI element. |
| 6123 | """ |
| 6124 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6127 | """ |
| 6128 | SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to |
| 6131 | disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The |
| 6132 | default is 0. |
| 6133 | |
| 6134 | Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your |
| 6135 | application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or |
| 6136 | greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` |
| 6137 | at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is |
| 6138 | about to be shown. |
| 6139 | """ |
| 6140 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval) |
| 6143 | def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6144 | """ |
| 6145 | GetUpdateInterval() -> long |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 |
| 6148 | disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. |
| 6149 | """ |
| 6150 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval) |
| 6153 | def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6154 | """ |
| 6155 | CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 | Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events |
| 6158 | to) this window. |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), |
| 6161 | the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update |
| 6162 | events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to |
| 6163 | determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default |
| 6164 | this will always return true because the update mode is initially |
| 6165 | wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update |
| 6166 | events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency |
| 6167 | that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update |
| 6168 | interval. |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 | """ |
| 6171 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 | CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate) |
| 6174 | def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6175 | """ |
| 6176 | ResetUpdateTime() |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It |
| 6179 | is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this |
| 6180 | is called at the end of idle processing. |
| 6181 | """ |
| 6182 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 | ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime) |
| 6185 | def SetMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6186 | """ |
| 6187 | SetMode(int mode) |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 | Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only |
| 6190 | to those which specify that they will process the events. |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 | The mode may be one of the following values: |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | ============================= ========================================== |
| 6195 | wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This |
| 6196 | is the default setting. |
| 6197 | wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that |
| 6198 | have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra |
| 6199 | style set. |
| 6200 | ============================= ========================================== |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | """ |
| 6203 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 | SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode) |
| 6206 | def GetMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6207 | """ |
| 6208 | GetMode() -> int |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to |
| 6211 | all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the |
| 6212 | events. |
| 6213 | """ |
| 6214 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode) |
| 6217 | Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`") |
| 6218 | Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`") |
| 6219 | Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`") |
| 6220 | Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`") |
| 6221 | _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent) |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6224 | """ |
| 6225 | UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to |
| 6228 | disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The |
| 6229 | default is 0. |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your |
| 6232 | application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or |
| 6233 | greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` |
| 6234 | at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is |
| 6235 | about to be shown. |
| 6236 | """ |
| 6237 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args): |
| 6240 | """ |
| 6241 | UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 | Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 |
| 6244 | disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. |
| 6245 | """ |
| 6246 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args) |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6249 | """ |
| 6250 | UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool |
| 6251 | |
| 6252 | Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events |
| 6253 | to) this window. |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 | This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), |
| 6256 | the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update |
| 6257 | events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to |
| 6258 | determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default |
| 6259 | this will always return true because the update mode is initially |
| 6260 | wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update |
| 6261 | events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency |
| 6262 | that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update |
| 6263 | interval. |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | """ |
| 6266 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args): |
| 6269 | """ |
| 6270 | UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It |
| 6273 | is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this |
| 6274 | is called at the end of idle processing. |
| 6275 | """ |
| 6276 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args) |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6279 | """ |
| 6280 | UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only |
| 6283 | to those which specify that they will process the events. |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | The mode may be one of the following values: |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | ============================= ========================================== |
| 6288 | wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This |
| 6289 | is the default setting. |
| 6290 | wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that |
| 6291 | have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra |
| 6292 | style set. |
| 6293 | ============================= ========================================== |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 | """ |
| 6296 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 | def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args): |
| 6299 | """ |
| 6300 | UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 | Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to |
| 6303 | all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the |
| 6304 | events. |
| 6305 | """ |
| 6306 | return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args) |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | class SysColourChangedEvent(Event): |
| 6311 | """ |
| 6312 | This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated |
| 6313 | when the user changes the colour settings using the control |
| 6314 | panel. This is only applicable under Windows. |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child |
| 6317 | windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If |
| 6318 | intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call |
| 6319 | `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to |
| 6320 | pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | """ |
| 6323 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6324 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6325 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6326 | """ |
| 6327 | __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | Constructor |
| 6330 | """ |
| 6331 | _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6332 | _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent) |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event): |
| 6337 | """ |
| 6338 | An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to |
| 6339 | a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if |
| 6340 | `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling |
| 6341 | this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture |
| 6342 | releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 | This event is implemented under Windows only. |
| 6345 | """ |
| 6346 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6347 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6348 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6349 | """ |
| 6350 | __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | Constructor |
| 6353 | """ |
| 6354 | _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6355 | def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6356 | """ |
| 6357 | GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a |
| 6360 | non-wxWidgets window. |
| 6361 | """ |
| 6362 | return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`") |
| 6365 | _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent) |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 | class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event): |
| 6370 | """ |
| 6371 | A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse |
| 6372 | capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for |
| 6373 | example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures |
| 6374 | the mouse. |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 | If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the |
| 6377 | capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but |
| 6378 | didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent |
| 6379 | if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or |
| 6380 | ReleaseMouse. |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | This event is currently emitted under Windows only. |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | """ |
| 6385 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6386 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6387 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6388 | """ |
| 6389 | __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse |
| 6392 | capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for |
| 6393 | example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures |
| 6394 | the mouse. |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the |
| 6397 | capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but |
| 6398 | didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent |
| 6399 | if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or |
| 6400 | ReleaseMouse. |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | This event is currently emitted under Windows only. |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | """ |
| 6405 | _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6406 | _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent) |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 | class DisplayChangedEvent(Event): |
| 6411 | """ |
| 6412 | An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display |
| 6413 | resolution has changed. |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | This event is implemented under Windows only. |
| 6416 | """ |
| 6417 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6418 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6419 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6420 | """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" |
| 6421 | _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6422 | _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent) |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | class PaletteChangedEvent(Event): |
| 6427 | """ |
| 6428 | An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has |
| 6429 | changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to |
| 6430 | match. |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 | This event is implemented under Windows only. |
| 6433 | """ |
| 6434 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6435 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6436 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6437 | """ |
| 6438 | __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 | An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has |
| 6441 | changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to |
| 6442 | match. |
| 6443 | |
| 6444 | This event is implemented under Windows only. |
| 6445 | """ |
| 6446 | _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6447 | def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6448 | """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" |
| 6449 | return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6452 | """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" |
| 6453 | return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`") |
| 6456 | _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent) |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event): |
| 6461 | """ |
| 6462 | An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard |
| 6463 | focus and should re-do its palette. |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | This event is implemented under Windows only. |
| 6466 | """ |
| 6467 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6468 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6469 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6470 | """ |
| 6471 | __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | Constructor. |
| 6474 | """ |
| 6475 | _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6476 | def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6477 | """ |
| 6478 | SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | App should set this if it changes the palette. |
| 6481 | """ |
| 6482 | return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 | def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6485 | """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" |
| 6486 | return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`") |
| 6489 | _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent) |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 | class NavigationKeyEvent(Event): |
| 6494 | """ |
| 6495 | EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between |
| 6496 | widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal. You woudl normally not |
| 6497 | catch navigation events in applications as there are already |
| 6498 | appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find |
| 6499 | it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change |
| 6500 | the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call |
| 6501 | `wx.Window.Navigate`. |
| 6502 | """ |
| 6503 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6504 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6505 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6506 | """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" |
| 6507 | _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6508 | def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6509 | """ |
| 6510 | GetDirection(self) -> bool |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. |
| 6513 | """ |
| 6514 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 | def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6517 | """ |
| 6518 | SetDirection(self, bool forward) |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 | Specify the direction that the navigation should take. Usually the |
| 6521 | difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. |
| 6522 | """ |
| 6523 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6526 | """ |
| 6527 | IsWindowChange(self) -> bool |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 | Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. |
| 6530 | """ |
| 6531 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6534 | """ |
| 6535 | SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. |
| 6538 | For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented |
| 6539 | by using Control-Tab. |
| 6540 | """ |
| 6541 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6544 | """ |
| 6545 | IsFromTab(self) -> bool |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab |
| 6548 | key. |
| 6549 | """ |
| 6550 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6553 | """ |
| 6554 | SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 | Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. |
| 6557 | This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. |
| 6558 | """ |
| 6559 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 | def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6562 | """ |
| 6563 | SetFlags(self, long flags) |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 | Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward |
| 6568 | * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward |
| 6569 | * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange |
| 6570 | * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab |
| 6571 | |
| 6572 | """ |
| 6573 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6576 | """ |
| 6577 | GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | Returns the child window which currenty has the focus. May be |
| 6580 | ``None``. |
| 6581 | """ |
| 6582 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6585 | """ |
| 6586 | SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | Set the window that has the focus. |
| 6589 | """ |
| 6590 | return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 | IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward |
| 6593 | IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward |
| 6594 | WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange |
| 6595 | FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab |
| 6596 | CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`") |
| 6597 | Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`") |
| 6598 | _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent) |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 | class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 6603 | """ |
| 6604 | The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the |
| 6605 | underlying GUI object) exists. |
| 6606 | """ |
| 6607 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6608 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6609 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6610 | """ |
| 6611 | __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the |
| 6614 | underlying GUI object) exists. |
| 6615 | """ |
| 6616 | _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6617 | def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6618 | """ |
| 6619 | GetWindow(self) -> Window |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 | Returns the window that this event refers to. |
| 6622 | """ |
| 6623 | return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`") |
| 6626 | _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent) |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 6629 | """ |
| 6630 | The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor |
| 6631 | when the GUI window is destroyed. |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will |
| 6634 | have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event |
| 6635 | will not usually be received at all by the window itself. Since it is |
| 6636 | received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to |
| 6637 | handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get |
| 6638 | notification of the destruction of another window. |
| 6639 | """ |
| 6640 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6641 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6642 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6643 | """ |
| 6644 | __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor |
| 6647 | when the GUI window is destroyed. |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 | When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will |
| 6650 | have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event |
| 6651 | will not usually be received at all by the window itself. Since it is |
| 6652 | received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to |
| 6653 | handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get |
| 6654 | notification of the destruction of another window. |
| 6655 | """ |
| 6656 | _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6657 | def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6658 | """ |
| 6659 | GetWindow(self) -> Window |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 | Returns the window that this event refers to. |
| 6662 | """ |
| 6663 | return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 | Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`") |
| 6666 | _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent) |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 | class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 6671 | """ |
| 6672 | This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to |
| 6673 | give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. |
| 6674 | """ |
| 6675 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6676 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6677 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6678 | """ |
| 6679 | __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | Constructor. |
| 6682 | """ |
| 6683 | _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6684 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6685 | """ |
| 6686 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should |
| 6689 | be shown. |
| 6690 | """ |
| 6691 | return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 | def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6694 | """ |
| 6695 | SetPosition(self, Point pos) |
| 6696 | |
| 6697 | Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. |
| 6698 | """ |
| 6699 | return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`") |
| 6702 | _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent) |
| 6703 | |
| 6704 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL |
| 6707 | IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED |
| 6708 | class IdleEvent(Event): |
| 6709 | """ |
| 6710 | This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent |
| 6711 | when the application *becomes* idle. In other words, the when the |
| 6712 | event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by |
| 6713 | default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are |
| 6714 | no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal |
| 6715 | events and then becomes empty again. |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a |
| 6718 | significant overhead in your application, you can call |
| 6719 | `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and |
| 6720 | set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window |
| 6721 | which should receive idle events. Then idle events will only be sent |
| 6722 | to those windows and not to any others. |
| 6723 | """ |
| 6724 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6725 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6726 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6727 | """ |
| 6728 | __init__(self) -> IdleEvent |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 | Constructor |
| 6731 | """ |
| 6732 | _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6733 | def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6734 | """ |
| 6735 | RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be |
| 6738 | called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the |
| 6739 | application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the |
| 6740 | application windows. If no window calls this function during its |
| 6741 | EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event |
| 6742 | loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing |
| 6743 | system. |
| 6744 | """ |
| 6745 | return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6748 | """ |
| 6749 | MoreRequested(self) -> bool |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 | Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event |
| 6752 | requested more processing time. |
| 6753 | """ |
| 6754 | return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 | def SetMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6757 | """ |
| 6758 | SetMode(int mode) |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 | Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to |
| 6761 | all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the |
| 6762 | events. |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 | The mode can be one of the following values: |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 | ========================= ======================================== |
| 6767 | wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows |
| 6768 | wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have |
| 6769 | the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style |
| 6770 | flag set. |
| 6771 | ========================= ======================================== |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 | """ |
| 6774 | return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 | SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode) |
| 6777 | def GetMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6778 | """ |
| 6779 | GetMode() -> int |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send |
| 6782 | idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they |
| 6783 | will process the events. |
| 6784 | """ |
| 6785 | return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode) |
| 6788 | def CanSend(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6789 | """ |
| 6790 | CanSend(Window win) -> bool |
| 6791 | |
| 6792 | Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this |
| 6793 | window. |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 | This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and |
| 6796 | the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle |
| 6797 | events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always |
| 6798 | return ``True`` because the update mode is initially |
| 6799 | wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events |
| 6800 | to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. |
| 6801 | """ |
| 6802 | return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6803 | |
| 6804 | CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend) |
| 6805 | _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent) |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 | def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6808 | """ |
| 6809 | IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to |
| 6812 | all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the |
| 6813 | events. |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | The mode can be one of the following values: |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 | ========================= ======================================== |
| 6818 | wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows |
| 6819 | wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have |
| 6820 | the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style |
| 6821 | flag set. |
| 6822 | ========================= ======================================== |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 | """ |
| 6825 | return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6826 | |
| 6827 | def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args): |
| 6828 | """ |
| 6829 | IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 | Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send |
| 6832 | idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they |
| 6833 | will process the events. |
| 6834 | """ |
| 6835 | return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args) |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 | def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6838 | """ |
| 6839 | IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool |
| 6840 | |
| 6841 | Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this |
| 6842 | window. |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 | This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and |
| 6845 | the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle |
| 6846 | events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always |
| 6847 | return ``True`` because the update mode is initially |
| 6848 | wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events |
| 6849 | to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. |
| 6850 | """ |
| 6851 | return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 | class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 6856 | """ |
| 6857 | A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text |
| 6858 | copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data |
| 6859 | from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a |
| 6860 | popup menu command, etc. NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* |
| 6861 | generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control. |
| 6862 | """ |
| 6863 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6864 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6865 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6866 | """ |
| 6867 | __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 | A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text |
| 6870 | copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data |
| 6871 | from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a |
| 6872 | popup menu command, etc. NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* |
| 6873 | generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control. |
| 6874 | """ |
| 6875 | _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6876 | _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent) |
| 6877 | |
| 6878 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | class PyEvent(Event): |
| 6881 | """ |
| 6882 | wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event |
| 6883 | types in Python. You should derived from this class instead of |
| 6884 | `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport |
| 6885 | its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have |
| 6886 | them still be there when the event handler is invoked. |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 | :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 | """ |
| 6891 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6892 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6893 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6894 | """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" |
| 6895 | _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6896 | self._SetSelf(self) |
| 6897 | |
| 6898 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent |
| 6899 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 6900 | def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6901 | """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" |
| 6902 | return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6905 | """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" |
| 6906 | return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6907 | |
| 6908 | _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent) |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 | class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 6911 | """ |
| 6912 | wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom |
| 6913 | event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent |
| 6914 | windows looking for a handler. You should derived from this class |
| 6915 | instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is |
| 6916 | able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event |
| 6917 | system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 | :see: `wx.PyEvent` |
| 6920 | |
| 6921 | """ |
| 6922 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6923 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6924 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6925 | """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" |
| 6926 | _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6927 | self._SetSelf(self) |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent |
| 6930 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 6931 | def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6932 | """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" |
| 6933 | return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6934 | |
| 6935 | def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6936 | """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" |
| 6937 | return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent) |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 | class DateEvent(CommandEvent): |
| 6942 | """ |
| 6943 | This event class holds information about a date change event and is |
| 6944 | used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class |
| 6945 | for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`. Bind these event types with |
| 6946 | EVT_DATE_CHANGED. |
| 6947 | """ |
| 6948 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6949 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6950 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6951 | """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent""" |
| 6952 | _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6953 | def GetDate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6954 | """ |
| 6955 | GetDate(self) -> DateTime |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | Returns the date. |
| 6958 | """ |
| 6959 | return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6960 | |
| 6961 | def SetDate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 6962 | """ |
| 6963 | SetDate(self, DateTime date) |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 | Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library |
| 6966 | internally. |
| 6967 | """ |
| 6968 | return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 6969 | |
| 6970 | Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`") |
| 6971 | _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent) |
| 6972 | |
| 6973 | wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED |
| 6974 | EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 ) |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 | PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS |
| 6979 | PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION |
| 6980 | PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG |
| 6981 | PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG |
| 6982 | PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS |
| 6983 | PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT |
| 6984 | class PyApp(EvtHandler): |
| 6985 | """ |
| 6986 | The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the |
| 6987 | `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. |
| 6988 | """ |
| 6989 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 6990 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 6991 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 6992 | """ |
| 6993 | __init__(self) -> PyApp |
| 6994 | |
| 6995 | Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. |
| 6996 | """ |
| 6997 | _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 6998 | self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False) |
| 6999 | self._setOORInfo(self, False) |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp |
| 7002 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 7003 | def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7004 | """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)""" |
| 7005 | return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7008 | """ |
| 7009 | GetAppName(self) -> String |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | Get the application name. |
| 7012 | """ |
| 7013 | return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 | def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7016 | """ |
| 7017 | SetAppName(self, String name) |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by |
| 7020 | `wx.Config` and such. |
| 7021 | """ |
| 7022 | return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7025 | """ |
| 7026 | GetClassName(self) -> String |
| 7027 | |
| 7028 | Get the application's class name. |
| 7029 | """ |
| 7030 | return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 | def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7033 | """ |
| 7034 | SetClassName(self, String name) |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | Set the application's class name. This value may be used for |
| 7037 | X-resources if applicable for the platform |
| 7038 | """ |
| 7039 | return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7042 | """ |
| 7043 | GetVendorName(self) -> String |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | Get the application's vendor name. |
| 7046 | """ |
| 7047 | return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7048 | |
| 7049 | def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7050 | """ |
| 7051 | SetVendorName(self, String name) |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 | Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used |
| 7054 | automatically by `wx.Config` and such. |
| 7055 | """ |
| 7056 | return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7059 | """ |
| 7060 | GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we |
| 7063 | delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the |
| 7064 | user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding |
| 7065 | CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is |
| 7066 | GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the |
| 7067 | differences behind the common facade. |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. |
| 7070 | """ |
| 7071 | return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7074 | """ |
| 7075 | ProcessPendingEvents(self) |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 | Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to |
| 7078 | call this function to process posted events. This normally happens |
| 7079 | during each event loop iteration. |
| 7080 | """ |
| 7081 | return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | def Yield(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7084 | """ |
| 7085 | Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting |
| 7088 | until return to the event loop. It is an error to call ``Yield`` |
| 7089 | recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. |
| 7090 | |
| 7091 | :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected |
| 7092 | reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may |
| 7093 | result in calling the same event handler again), use with |
| 7094 | extreme care or, better, don't use at all! |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 | """ |
| 7099 | return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7102 | """ |
| 7103 | WakeUpIdle(self) |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 | Make sure that idle events are sent again. |
| 7106 | :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` |
| 7107 | """ |
| 7108 | return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7111 | """ |
| 7112 | IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can |
| 7115 | currently be dispatched. |
| 7116 | """ |
| 7117 | return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7118 | |
| 7119 | IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning) |
| 7120 | def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7121 | """ |
| 7122 | MainLoop(self) -> int |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 | Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until |
| 7125 | all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. |
| 7126 | """ |
| 7127 | return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7128 | |
| 7129 | def Exit(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7130 | """ |
| 7131 | Exit(self) |
| 7132 | |
| 7133 | Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. |
| 7134 | :see: `wx.Exit` |
| 7135 | """ |
| 7136 | return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 | def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7139 | """ |
| 7140 | GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 | Return the layout direction for the current locale. |
| 7143 | """ |
| 7144 | return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7145 | |
| 7146 | def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7147 | """ |
| 7148 | ExitMainLoop(self) |
| 7149 | |
| 7150 | Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main |
| 7151 | loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) |
| 7152 | """ |
| 7153 | return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 | def Pending(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7156 | """ |
| 7157 | Pending(self) -> bool |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 | Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. |
| 7160 | """ |
| 7161 | return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7164 | """ |
| 7165 | Dispatch(self) -> bool |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 | Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event |
| 7168 | appears if there are none currently) |
| 7169 | """ |
| 7170 | return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 | def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7173 | """ |
| 7174 | ProcessIdle(self) -> bool |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 | Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are |
| 7177 | no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested |
| 7178 | parties. Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. |
| 7179 | """ |
| 7180 | return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 | def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7183 | """ |
| 7184 | SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | Send idle event to window and all subwindows. Returns True if more |
| 7187 | idle time is requested. |
| 7188 | """ |
| 7189 | return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7190 | |
| 7191 | def IsActive(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7192 | """ |
| 7193 | IsActive(self) -> bool |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | Return True if our app has focus. |
| 7196 | """ |
| 7197 | return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7200 | """ |
| 7201 | SetTopWindow(self, Window win) |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 | Set the *main* top level window |
| 7204 | """ |
| 7205 | return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 | def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7208 | """ |
| 7209 | GetTopWindow(self) -> Window |
| 7210 | |
| 7211 | Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously |
| 7212 | with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if |
| 7213 | there not any, will return None) |
| 7214 | """ |
| 7215 | return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 | def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7218 | """ |
| 7219 | SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) |
| 7220 | |
| 7221 | Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main |
| 7222 | loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program |
| 7223 | window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with |
| 7224 | SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() |
| 7225 | explicitly from somewhere. |
| 7226 | """ |
| 7227 | return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7230 | """ |
| 7231 | GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 | Get the current exit behaviour setting. |
| 7234 | """ |
| 7235 | return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7236 | |
| 7237 | def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7238 | """ |
| 7239 | SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag) |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 | Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on |
| 7242 | systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) |
| 7243 | """ |
| 7244 | return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 | def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7247 | """ |
| 7248 | GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | Get current UseBestVisual setting. |
| 7251 | """ |
| 7252 | return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 | def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7255 | """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" |
| 7256 | return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7257 | |
| 7258 | def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7259 | """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" |
| 7260 | return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7261 | |
| 7262 | def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7263 | """ |
| 7264 | SetAssertMode(self, int mode) |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. |
| 7267 | """ |
| 7268 | return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 | def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7271 | """ |
| 7272 | GetAssertMode(self) -> int |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. |
| 7275 | """ |
| 7276 | return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 | def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7279 | """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" |
| 7280 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 | GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts) |
| 7283 | def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7284 | """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" |
| 7285 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7286 | |
| 7287 | GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId) |
| 7288 | def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7289 | """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" |
| 7290 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7291 | |
| 7292 | GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId) |
| 7293 | def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7294 | """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" |
| 7295 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7296 | |
| 7297 | GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId) |
| 7298 | def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7299 | """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" |
| 7300 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName) |
| 7303 | def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7304 | """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" |
| 7305 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 | SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts) |
| 7308 | def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7309 | """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" |
| 7310 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7311 | |
| 7312 | SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId) |
| 7313 | def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7314 | """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" |
| 7315 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7316 | |
| 7317 | SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId) |
| 7318 | def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7319 | """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" |
| 7320 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7321 | |
| 7322 | SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId) |
| 7323 | def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7324 | """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" |
| 7325 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName) |
| 7328 | def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7329 | """ |
| 7330 | _BootstrapApp(self) |
| 7331 | |
| 7332 | For internal use only |
| 7333 | """ |
| 7334 | return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7337 | """ |
| 7338 | GetComCtl32Version() -> int |
| 7339 | |
| 7340 | Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if |
| 7341 | it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. |
| 7342 | """ |
| 7343 | return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7344 | |
| 7345 | GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version) |
| 7346 | def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7347 | """ |
| 7348 | IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 | Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment. |
| 7351 | This will mean different things on the different platforms. |
| 7352 | |
| 7353 | * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is |
| 7354 | not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen |
| 7355 | if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly. |
| 7356 | |
| 7357 | * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not |
| 7358 | able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in |
| 7359 | remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead |
| 7360 | of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.) |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 | * On MS Windows... |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 | """ |
| 7365 | return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 | IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable) |
| 7368 | AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`") |
| 7369 | AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`") |
| 7370 | ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`") |
| 7371 | ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`") |
| 7372 | LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`") |
| 7373 | PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`") |
| 7374 | TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`") |
| 7375 | Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`") |
| 7376 | UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`") |
| 7377 | VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`") |
| 7378 | Active = property(IsActive) |
| 7379 | _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp) |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args): |
| 7382 | """ |
| 7383 | PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 | Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can |
| 7386 | currently be dispatched. |
| 7387 | """ |
| 7388 | return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args) |
| 7389 | |
| 7390 | def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args): |
| 7391 | """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" |
| 7392 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args) |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 | def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args): |
| 7395 | """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" |
| 7396 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args) |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args): |
| 7399 | """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" |
| 7400 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args) |
| 7401 | |
| 7402 | def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args): |
| 7403 | """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" |
| 7404 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args) |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 | def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args): |
| 7407 | """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" |
| 7408 | return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args) |
| 7409 | |
| 7410 | def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7411 | """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" |
| 7412 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7413 | |
| 7414 | def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7415 | """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" |
| 7416 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7417 | |
| 7418 | def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7419 | """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" |
| 7420 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7421 | |
| 7422 | def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7423 | """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" |
| 7424 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 | def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7427 | """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" |
| 7428 | return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 | def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args): |
| 7431 | """ |
| 7432 | PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int |
| 7433 | |
| 7434 | Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if |
| 7435 | it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. |
| 7436 | """ |
| 7437 | return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args) |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args): |
| 7440 | """ |
| 7441 | PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 | Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment. |
| 7444 | This will mean different things on the different platforms. |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is |
| 7447 | not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen |
| 7448 | if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly. |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 | * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not |
| 7451 | able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in |
| 7452 | remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead |
| 7453 | of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.) |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | * On MS Windows... |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | """ |
| 7458 | return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args) |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 | |
| 7463 | def Exit(*args): |
| 7464 | """ |
| 7465 | Exit() |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 | Force an exit of the application. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() |
| 7468 | """ |
| 7469 | return _core_.Exit(*args) |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | def Yield(*args): |
| 7472 | """ |
| 7473 | Yield() -> bool |
| 7474 | |
| 7475 | Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() |
| 7476 | """ |
| 7477 | return _core_.Yield(*args) |
| 7478 | |
| 7479 | def YieldIfNeeded(*args): |
| 7480 | """ |
| 7481 | YieldIfNeeded() -> bool |
| 7482 | |
| 7483 | Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) |
| 7484 | """ |
| 7485 | return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args) |
| 7486 | |
| 7487 | def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7488 | """ |
| 7489 | SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 | This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the |
| 7492 | user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and |
| 7493 | re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window |
| 7494 | will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user |
| 7495 | interaction. |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. |
| 7498 | """ |
| 7499 | return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7500 | |
| 7501 | def WakeUpIdle(*args): |
| 7502 | """ |
| 7503 | WakeUpIdle() |
| 7504 | |
| 7505 | Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be |
| 7506 | sent. |
| 7507 | """ |
| 7508 | return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args) |
| 7509 | |
| 7510 | def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7511 | """ |
| 7512 | PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) |
| 7513 | |
| 7514 | Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed |
| 7515 | later. |
| 7516 | """ |
| 7517 | return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7518 | |
| 7519 | def App_CleanUp(*args): |
| 7520 | """ |
| 7521 | App_CleanUp() |
| 7522 | |
| 7523 | For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when |
| 7524 | Python shuts down. |
| 7525 | """ |
| 7526 | return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args) |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 | def GetApp(*args): |
| 7529 | """ |
| 7530 | GetApp() -> PyApp |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 | Return a reference to the current wx.App object. |
| 7533 | """ |
| 7534 | return _core_.GetApp(*args) |
| 7535 | |
| 7536 | def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7537 | """ |
| 7538 | SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a |
| 7541 | Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` |
| 7544 | but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale |
| 7545 | may be slightly different on different platforms. For example, please |
| 7546 | see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences |
| 7547 | between the common latin/roman encodings. |
| 7548 | """ |
| 7549 | return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7550 | |
| 7551 | def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args): |
| 7552 | """ |
| 7553 | GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 | Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to |
| 7556 | convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. |
| 7557 | """ |
| 7558 | return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args) |
| 7559 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7560 | |
| 7561 | class PyOnDemandOutputWindow: |
| 7562 | """ |
| 7563 | A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and |
| 7564 | stderr streams. It will do nothing until something is wrriten to |
| 7565 | the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area |
| 7566 | and write the text there. |
| 7567 | """ |
| 7568 | def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): |
| 7569 | self.frame = None |
| 7570 | self.title = title |
| 7571 | self.pos = wx.DefaultPosition |
| 7572 | self.size = (450, 300) |
| 7573 | self.parent = None |
| 7574 | |
| 7575 | def SetParent(self, parent): |
| 7576 | """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" |
| 7577 | self.parent = parent |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | def CreateOutputWindow(self, st): |
| 7581 | self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size, |
| 7582 | style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE) |
| 7583 | self.text = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "", |
| 7584 | style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY) |
| 7585 | self.text.AppendText(st) |
| 7586 | self.frame.Show(True) |
| 7587 | self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow) |
| 7588 | |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 | def OnCloseWindow(self, event): |
| 7591 | if self.frame is not None: |
| 7592 | self.frame.Destroy() |
| 7593 | self.frame = None |
| 7594 | self.text = None |
| 7595 | |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 | # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. |
| 7598 | def write(self, text): |
| 7599 | """ |
| 7600 | Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. |
| 7601 | If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses |
| 7602 | CallAfter to do the work there. |
| 7603 | """ |
| 7604 | if self.frame is None: |
| 7605 | if not wx.Thread_IsMain(): |
| 7606 | wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text) |
| 7607 | else: |
| 7608 | self.CreateOutputWindow(text) |
| 7609 | else: |
| 7610 | if not wx.Thread_IsMain(): |
| 7611 | wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text) |
| 7612 | else: |
| 7613 | self.text.AppendText(text) |
| 7614 | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 | def close(self): |
| 7617 | if self.frame is not None: |
| 7618 | wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close) |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | |
| 7621 | def flush(self): |
| 7622 | pass |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 | |
| 7625 | |
| 7626 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__') |
| 7629 | |
| 7630 | class App(wx.PyApp): |
| 7631 | """ |
| 7632 | The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: |
| 7633 | |
| 7634 | * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying |
| 7635 | gui toolkit |
| 7636 | * set and get application-wide properties |
| 7637 | * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, |
| 7638 | and to dispatch events to window instances |
| 7639 | * etc. |
| 7640 | |
| 7641 | Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all |
| 7642 | creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the |
| 7643 | ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui |
| 7644 | platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. |
| 7645 | |
| 7646 | Normally you would derive from this class and implement an |
| 7647 | ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls |
| 7648 | ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 | :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used |
| 7651 | directly. |
| 7652 | """ |
| 7653 | |
| 7654 | outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow |
| 7655 | |
| 7656 | def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None, |
| 7657 | useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True): |
| 7658 | """ |
| 7659 | Construct a ``wx.App`` object. |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 | :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be |
| 7662 | redirected? Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False |
| 7663 | otherwise. If `filename` is None then output will be |
| 7664 | redirected to a window that pops up as needed. (You can |
| 7665 | control what kind of window is created for the output by |
| 7666 | resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a |
| 7667 | class of your choosing.) |
| 7668 | |
| 7669 | :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if |
| 7670 | redirect is True. |
| 7671 | |
| 7672 | :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best |
| 7673 | available visual provided by the system (only relevant on |
| 7674 | systems that have more than one visual.) This parameter |
| 7675 | must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later |
| 7676 | on because it must be set before the underlying GUI |
| 7677 | toolkit is initialized. |
| 7678 | |
| 7679 | :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared? This allows the |
| 7680 | app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other |
| 7681 | GUI apps will. |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 | :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition |
| 7684 | initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and |
| 7685 | wxWidgets are fully initialized. |
| 7686 | """ |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 | wx.PyApp.__init__(self) |
| 7689 | |
| 7690 | # make sure we can create a GUI |
| 7691 | if not self.IsDisplayAvailable(): |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 | if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__": |
| 7694 | msg = """This program needs access to the screen. |
| 7695 | Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged |
| 7696 | in on the main display of your Mac.""" |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__": |
| 7699 | msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?" |
| 7700 | |
| 7701 | else: |
| 7702 | msg = "Unable to create GUI" |
| 7703 | # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW... |
| 7704 | |
| 7705 | raise SystemExit(msg) |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | # This has to be done before OnInit |
| 7708 | self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual) |
| 7709 | |
| 7710 | # Set the default handler for SIGINT. This fixes a problem |
| 7711 | # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this |
| 7712 | # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send |
| 7713 | # KeyboardInterrupt???) but will later segfault on exit. By |
| 7714 | # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as |
| 7715 | # expected (depending on platform.) |
| 7716 | if clearSigInt: |
| 7717 | try: |
| 7718 | import signal |
| 7719 | signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL) |
| 7720 | except: |
| 7721 | pass |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? |
| 7724 | self.stdioWin = None |
| 7725 | self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr) |
| 7726 | if redirect: |
| 7727 | self.RedirectStdio(filename) |
| 7728 | |
| 7729 | # Use Python's install prefix as the default |
| 7730 | wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix) |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 | # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls |
| 7733 | # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class |
| 7734 | self._BootstrapApp() |
| 7735 | |
| 7736 | |
| 7737 | def OnPreInit(self): |
| 7738 | """ |
| 7739 | Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its |
| 7740 | thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time |
| 7741 | that OnInit is called. |
| 7742 | """ |
| 7743 | wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects() |
| 7744 | |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 | def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__): |
| 7747 | self.RestoreStdio() # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden |
| 7748 | destroy(self) |
| 7749 | |
| 7750 | def Destroy(self): |
| 7751 | self.this.own(False) |
| 7752 | wx.PyApp.Destroy(self) |
| 7753 | |
| 7754 | def SetTopWindow(self, frame): |
| 7755 | """Set the \"main\" top level window""" |
| 7756 | if self.stdioWin: |
| 7757 | self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame) |
| 7758 | wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame) |
| 7759 | |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | def MainLoop(self): |
| 7762 | """Execute the main GUI event loop""" |
| 7763 | wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self) |
| 7764 | self.RestoreStdio() |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 | def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None): |
| 7768 | """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" |
| 7769 | if filename: |
| 7770 | _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a') |
| 7771 | else: |
| 7772 | self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass() |
| 7773 | _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 | def RestoreStdio(self): |
| 7777 | try: |
| 7778 | _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio |
| 7779 | except: |
| 7780 | pass |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 | |
| 7783 | def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None): |
| 7784 | """ |
| 7785 | Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if |
| 7786 | the stdio has been redirected. This should be called before |
| 7787 | any output would cause the output window to be created. |
| 7788 | """ |
| 7789 | if self.stdioWin: |
| 7790 | if title is not None: |
| 7791 | self.stdioWin.title = title |
| 7792 | if pos is not None: |
| 7793 | self.stdioWin.pos = pos |
| 7794 | if size is not None: |
| 7795 | self.stdioWin.size = size |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 | |
| 7800 | # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX |
| 7801 | App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts |
| 7802 | App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId |
| 7803 | App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId |
| 7804 | App_GetMacExitMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId |
| 7805 | App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName |
| 7806 | App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts |
| 7807 | App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId |
| 7808 | App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId |
| 7809 | App_SetMacExitMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId |
| 7810 | App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName |
| 7811 | App_GetComCtl32Version = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 | class PySimpleApp(wx.App): |
| 7816 | """ |
| 7817 | A simple application class. You can just create one of these and |
| 7818 | then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry |
| 7819 | about OnInit. For example:: |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | app = wx.PySimpleApp() |
| 7822 | frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') |
| 7823 | frame.Show() |
| 7824 | app.MainLoop() |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 | :see: `wx.App` |
| 7827 | """ |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None, |
| 7830 | useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True): |
| 7831 | """ |
| 7832 | :see: `wx.App.__init__` |
| 7833 | """ |
| 7834 | wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt) |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 | def OnInit(self): |
| 7837 | return True |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 | |
| 7840 | |
| 7841 | # Is anybody using this one? |
| 7842 | class PyWidgetTester(wx.App): |
| 7843 | def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)): |
| 7844 | self.size = size |
| 7845 | wx.App.__init__(self, 0) |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 | def OnInit(self): |
| 7848 | self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size) |
| 7849 | self.SetTopWindow(self.frame) |
| 7850 | return True |
| 7851 | |
| 7852 | def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs): |
| 7853 | w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs) |
| 7854 | self.frame.Show(True) |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7857 | # DO NOT hold any other references to this object. This is how we |
| 7858 | # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding. When |
| 7859 | # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup |
| 7860 | # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | class __wxPyCleanup: |
| 7863 | def __init__(self): |
| 7864 | self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp |
| 7865 | def __del__(self): |
| 7866 | self.cleanup() |
| 7867 | |
| 7868 | _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup() |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 | ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... |
| 7871 | ## import atexit |
| 7872 | ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 | |
| 7875 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7876 | |
| 7877 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7878 | |
| 7879 | class EventLoop(object): |
| 7880 | """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" |
| 7881 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 7882 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 7883 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 7884 | """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" |
| 7885 | _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 7886 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop |
| 7887 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 7888 | def Run(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7889 | """Run(self) -> int""" |
| 7890 | return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | def Exit(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7893 | """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" |
| 7894 | return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 | def Pending(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7897 | """Pending(self) -> bool""" |
| 7898 | return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 | def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7901 | """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" |
| 7902 | return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7905 | """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" |
| 7906 | return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7907 | |
| 7908 | def GetActive(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7909 | """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" |
| 7910 | return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive) |
| 7913 | def SetActive(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7914 | """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" |
| 7915 | return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7916 | |
| 7917 | SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive) |
| 7918 | _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop) |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 | def EventLoop_GetActive(*args): |
| 7921 | """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" |
| 7922 | return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args) |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 | def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7925 | """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" |
| 7926 | return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7927 | |
| 7928 | class EventLoopActivator(object): |
| 7929 | """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class""" |
| 7930 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 7931 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 7932 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 7933 | """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator""" |
| 7934 | _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 7935 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator |
| 7936 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 7937 | _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator) |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7940 | |
| 7941 | ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT |
| 7942 | ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL |
| 7943 | ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT |
| 7944 | ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL |
| 7945 | ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD |
| 7946 | class AcceleratorEntry(object): |
| 7947 | """ |
| 7948 | A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`. wxPython |
| 7949 | programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a |
| 7950 | list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just |
| 7951 | as well. See `__init__` for of the tuple values. |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 | :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` |
| 7954 | """ |
| 7955 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 7956 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 7957 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 7958 | """ |
| 7959 | __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. |
| 7962 | """ |
| 7963 | _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 7964 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry |
| 7965 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 7966 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7967 | """ |
| 7968 | Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) |
| 7969 | |
| 7970 | (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. |
| 7971 | :see `__init__` |
| 7972 | """ |
| 7973 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 | def Create(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7976 | """ |
| 7977 | Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry |
| 7978 | |
| 7979 | Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if |
| 7980 | it coulnd't be parsed. |
| 7981 | """ |
| 7982 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7983 | |
| 7984 | Create = staticmethod(Create) |
| 7985 | def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7986 | """ |
| 7987 | GetFlags(self) -> int |
| 7988 | |
| 7989 | Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. |
| 7990 | """ |
| 7991 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs) |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 7994 | """ |
| 7995 | GetKeyCode(self) -> int |
| 7996 | |
| 7997 | Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. |
| 7998 | """ |
| 7999 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8000 | |
| 8001 | def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8002 | """ |
| 8003 | GetCommand(self) -> int |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 | Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. |
| 8006 | """ |
| 8007 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | def IsOk(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8010 | """IsOk(self) -> bool""" |
| 8011 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8012 | |
| 8013 | def ToString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8014 | """ |
| 8015 | ToString(self) -> String |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | Returns a string representation for the this accelerator. The string |
| 8018 | is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a |
| 8019 | hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl" |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 | """ |
| 8022 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | def FromString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8025 | """ |
| 8026 | FromString(self, String str) -> bool |
| 8027 | |
| 8028 | Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object. |
| 8029 | """ |
| 8030 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`") |
| 8033 | Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`") |
| 8034 | KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`") |
| 8035 | _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry) |
| 8036 | |
| 8037 | def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8038 | """ |
| 8039 | AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if |
| 8042 | it coulnd't be parsed. |
| 8043 | """ |
| 8044 | return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | class AcceleratorTable(Object): |
| 8047 | """ |
| 8048 | An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of |
| 8049 | keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or |
| 8050 | button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are |
| 8051 | supported. |
| 8052 | """ |
| 8053 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 8054 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 8055 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 8056 | """ |
| 8057 | __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` |
| 8060 | items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 | :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` |
| 8063 | """ |
| 8064 | _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 8065 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable |
| 8066 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 8067 | def IsOk(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8068 | """IsOk(self) -> bool""" |
| 8069 | return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | Ok = IsOk |
| 8072 | _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable) |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 | |
| 8075 | def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8076 | """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" |
| 8077 | return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8078 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 | class VisualAttributes(object): |
| 8081 | """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" |
| 8082 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 8083 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 8084 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 8085 | """ |
| 8086 | __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes |
| 8087 | |
| 8088 | struct containing all the visual attributes of a control |
| 8089 | """ |
| 8090 | _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 8091 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes |
| 8092 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 8093 | font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set) |
| 8094 | colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set) |
| 8095 | colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set) |
| 8096 | _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes) |
| 8097 | NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable |
| 8098 | PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 | WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL |
| 8101 | WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL |
| 8102 | WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI |
| 8103 | WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE |
| 8104 | WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX |
| 8105 | class Window(EvtHandler): |
| 8106 | """ |
| 8107 | wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible |
| 8108 | object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are |
| 8109 | wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't |
| 8110 | appear on screen themselves. |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | """ |
| 8113 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 8114 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 8115 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 8116 | """ |
| 8117 | __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, |
| 8118 | Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window |
| 8119 | |
| 8120 | Construct and show a generic Window. |
| 8121 | """ |
| 8122 | _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 8123 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 | def Create(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8126 | """ |
| 8127 | Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, |
| 8128 | Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool |
| 8129 | |
| 8130 | Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. |
| 8131 | """ |
| 8132 | return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 | def Close(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8135 | """ |
| 8136 | Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 | This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually |
| 8139 | tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, |
| 8140 | however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close |
| 8141 | handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. |
| 8142 | """ |
| 8143 | return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8144 | |
| 8145 | def Destroy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8146 | """ |
| 8147 | Destroy(self) -> bool |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 | Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed |
| 8150 | immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list |
| 8151 | of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events |
| 8152 | have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to |
| 8153 | non-existent windows. |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it |
| 8156 | has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. |
| 8157 | """ |
| 8158 | args[0].this.own(False) |
| 8159 | return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8162 | """ |
| 8163 | DestroyChildren(self) -> bool |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 | Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the |
| 8166 | destructor. |
| 8167 | """ |
| 8168 | return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 | def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8171 | """ |
| 8172 | IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool |
| 8173 | |
| 8174 | Is the window in the process of being deleted? |
| 8175 | """ |
| 8176 | return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8177 | |
| 8178 | def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8179 | """ |
| 8180 | SetLabel(self, String label) |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. |
| 8183 | """ |
| 8184 | return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8185 | |
| 8186 | def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8187 | """ |
| 8188 | GetLabel(self) -> String |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification |
| 8191 | purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to |
| 8192 | class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For |
| 8193 | buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function |
| 8194 | can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs |
| 8195 | access programs)which need to identify windows by name. |
| 8196 | """ |
| 8197 | return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | def SetName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8200 | """ |
| 8201 | SetName(self, String name) |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 | Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting |
| 8204 | in X, it is not the same as the window title/label |
| 8205 | """ |
| 8206 | return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8207 | |
| 8208 | def GetName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8209 | """ |
| 8210 | GetName(self) -> String |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique; |
| 8213 | it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window |
| 8214 | constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. |
| 8215 | """ |
| 8216 | return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8217 | |
| 8218 | def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8219 | """ |
| 8220 | SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) |
| 8221 | |
| 8222 | Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if |
| 8223 | the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. |
| 8224 | """ |
| 8225 | return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 | def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8228 | """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" |
| 8229 | return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8230 | |
| 8231 | def SetId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8232 | """ |
| 8233 | SetId(self, int winid) |
| 8234 | |
| 8235 | Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer |
| 8236 | identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier |
| 8237 | will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on |
| 8238 | creation and should not be modified subsequently. |
| 8239 | """ |
| 8240 | return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8241 | |
| 8242 | def GetId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8243 | """ |
| 8244 | GetId(self) -> int |
| 8245 | |
| 8246 | Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer |
| 8247 | identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id |
| 8248 | -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be |
| 8249 | generated. |
| 8250 | """ |
| 8251 | return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8252 | |
| 8253 | def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8254 | """ |
| 8255 | NewControlId() -> int |
| 8256 | |
| 8257 | Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. |
| 8258 | """ |
| 8259 | return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8260 | |
| 8261 | NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId) |
| 8262 | def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8263 | """ |
| 8264 | NextControlId(int winid) -> int |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | Get the id of the control following the one with the given |
| 8267 | autogenerated) id |
| 8268 | """ |
| 8269 | return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 | NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId) |
| 8272 | def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8273 | """ |
| 8274 | PrevControlId(int winid) -> int |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 | Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given |
| 8277 | autogenerated) id |
| 8278 | """ |
| 8279 | return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8280 | |
| 8281 | PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId) |
| 8282 | def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8283 | """ |
| 8284 | GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 | Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns |
| 8287 | ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported. |
| 8288 | """ |
| 8289 | return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 | def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8292 | """ |
| 8293 | SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir) |
| 8294 | |
| 8295 | Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. |
| 8296 | """ |
| 8297 | return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8300 | """ |
| 8301 | AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int |
| 8302 | |
| 8303 | Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the |
| 8304 | mirroring is not done automatically like Win32. |
| 8305 | """ |
| 8306 | return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 | def SetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8309 | """ |
| 8310 | SetSize(self, Size size) |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 | Sets the size of the window in pixels. |
| 8313 | """ |
| 8314 | return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 | def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8317 | """ |
| 8318 | SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 | Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags |
| 8321 | parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are |
| 8322 | equal to -1. |
| 8323 | |
| 8324 | ======================== ====================================== |
| 8325 | wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific |
| 8326 | default should be used. |
| 8327 | wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if |
| 8328 | -1 values are supplied. |
| 8329 | wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be |
| 8330 | interpreted as real dimensions, not |
| 8331 | default values. |
| 8332 | ======================== ====================================== |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 | """ |
| 8335 | return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 | def SetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8338 | """ |
| 8339 | SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) |
| 8340 | |
| 8341 | Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. |
| 8342 | """ |
| 8343 | return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 | def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8346 | """ |
| 8347 | SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) |
| 8348 | |
| 8349 | Sets the size of the window in pixels. |
| 8350 | """ |
| 8351 | return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | def Move(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8354 | """ |
| 8355 | Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) |
| 8356 | |
| 8357 | Moves the window to the given position. |
| 8358 | """ |
| 8359 | return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8360 | |
| 8361 | SetPosition = Move |
| 8362 | def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8363 | """ |
| 8364 | MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 | Moves the window to the given position. |
| 8367 | """ |
| 8368 | return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 | def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8371 | """ |
| 8372 | SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the |
| 8375 | window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. |
| 8376 | """ |
| 8377 | return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | def Raise(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8380 | """ |
| 8381 | Raise(self) |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 | Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current |
| 8384 | version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. |
| 8385 | """ |
| 8386 | return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8387 | |
| 8388 | def Lower(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8389 | """ |
| 8390 | Lower(self) |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current |
| 8393 | version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. |
| 8394 | """ |
| 8395 | return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8396 | |
| 8397 | def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8398 | """ |
| 8399 | SetClientSize(self, Size size) |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 | This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this |
| 8402 | function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than |
| 8403 | wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what |
| 8404 | dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window |
| 8405 | around panel items, for example. |
| 8406 | """ |
| 8407 | return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 | def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8410 | """ |
| 8411 | SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) |
| 8412 | |
| 8413 | This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this |
| 8414 | function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than |
| 8415 | wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what |
| 8416 | dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window |
| 8417 | around panel items, for example. |
| 8418 | """ |
| 8419 | return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8420 | |
| 8421 | def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8422 | """ |
| 8423 | SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) |
| 8424 | |
| 8425 | This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this |
| 8426 | function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than |
| 8427 | wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what |
| 8428 | dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window |
| 8429 | around panel items, for example. |
| 8430 | """ |
| 8431 | return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8434 | """ |
| 8435 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client |
| 8438 | coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level |
| 8439 | ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all |
| 8440 | kinds of windows. |
| 8441 | """ |
| 8442 | return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8443 | |
| 8444 | def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8445 | """ |
| 8446 | GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) |
| 8447 | |
| 8448 | Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client |
| 8449 | coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level |
| 8450 | ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all |
| 8451 | kinds of windows. |
| 8452 | """ |
| 8453 | return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8454 | |
| 8455 | def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8456 | """ |
| 8457 | GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point |
| 8458 | |
| 8459 | Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes. |
| 8460 | """ |
| 8461 | return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 | def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8464 | """ |
| 8465 | GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y) |
| 8466 | |
| 8467 | Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes. |
| 8468 | """ |
| 8469 | return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8470 | |
| 8471 | def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8472 | """ |
| 8473 | GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect |
| 8474 | |
| 8475 | Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as |
| 8476 | a `wx.Rect` object. |
| 8477 | """ |
| 8478 | return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8479 | |
| 8480 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8481 | """ |
| 8482 | GetSize(self) -> Size |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 | Get the window size. |
| 8485 | """ |
| 8486 | return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8487 | |
| 8488 | def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8489 | """ |
| 8490 | GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 | Get the window size. |
| 8493 | """ |
| 8494 | return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8495 | |
| 8496 | def GetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8497 | """ |
| 8498 | GetRect(self) -> Rect |
| 8499 | |
| 8500 | Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object. |
| 8501 | """ |
| 8502 | return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8503 | |
| 8504 | def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8505 | """ |
| 8506 | GetClientSize(self) -> Size |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 | This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client |
| 8509 | area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding |
| 8510 | title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. |
| 8511 | """ |
| 8512 | return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 | def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8515 | """ |
| 8516 | GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) |
| 8517 | |
| 8518 | This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client |
| 8519 | area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding |
| 8520 | title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. |
| 8521 | """ |
| 8522 | return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8525 | """ |
| 8526 | GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 | Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the |
| 8529 | window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of |
| 8530 | the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) |
| 8531 | """ |
| 8532 | return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 | def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8535 | """ |
| 8536 | GetClientRect(self) -> Rect |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 | Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. |
| 8539 | """ |
| 8540 | return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8541 | |
| 8542 | def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8543 | """ |
| 8544 | GetBestSize(self) -> Size |
| 8545 | |
| 8546 | This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the |
| 8547 | window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will |
| 8548 | be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For |
| 8549 | windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by |
| 8550 | this function will be the same as the size the window would have had |
| 8551 | after calling Fit. |
| 8552 | """ |
| 8553 | return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8554 | |
| 8555 | def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8556 | """ |
| 8557 | GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) |
| 8558 | |
| 8559 | This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the |
| 8560 | window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will |
| 8561 | be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For |
| 8562 | windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by |
| 8563 | this function will be the same as the size the window would have had |
| 8564 | after calling Fit. |
| 8565 | """ |
| 8566 | return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8567 | |
| 8568 | def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8569 | """ |
| 8570 | InvalidateBestSize(self) |
| 8571 | |
| 8572 | Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next |
| 8573 | time it is needed. |
| 8574 | """ |
| 8575 | return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8576 | |
| 8577 | def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8578 | """ |
| 8579 | CacheBestSize(self, Size size) |
| 8580 | |
| 8581 | Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until |
| 8582 | some properties of the window change.) |
| 8583 | """ |
| 8584 | return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8585 | |
| 8586 | def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8587 | """ |
| 8588 | GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size |
| 8589 | |
| 8590 | This function will merge the window's best size into the window's |
| 8591 | minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns |
| 8592 | the results. |
| 8593 | |
| 8594 | """ |
| 8595 | return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8596 | |
| 8597 | def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8598 | """ |
| 8599 | GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 | This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one |
| 8602 | thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the |
| 8603 | window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any |
| 8604 | user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window |
| 8605 | should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly |
| 8606 | tolerate. |
| 8607 | """ |
| 8608 | return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8609 | |
| 8610 | def Center(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8611 | """ |
| 8612 | Center(self, int direction=BOTH) |
| 8613 | |
| 8614 | Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for |
| 8615 | cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may |
| 8616 | also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window |
| 8617 | on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a |
| 8618 | top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered |
| 8619 | relative to the screen. |
| 8620 | """ |
| 8621 | return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8622 | |
| 8623 | Centre = Center |
| 8624 | def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8625 | """ |
| 8626 | CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | Center with respect to the the parent window |
| 8629 | """ |
| 8630 | return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent |
| 8633 | def Fit(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8634 | """ |
| 8635 | Fit(self) |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 | Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function |
| 8638 | won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work |
| 8639 | correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the |
| 8640 | window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result |
| 8641 | is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of |
| 8642 | its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) |
| 8643 | instead of calling Fit. |
| 8644 | """ |
| 8645 | return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8646 | |
| 8647 | def FitInside(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8648 | """ |
| 8649 | FitInside(self) |
| 8650 | |
| 8651 | Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a |
| 8652 | window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after |
| 8653 | sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled |
| 8654 | windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do |
| 8655 | anything if there are no subwindows. |
| 8656 | """ |
| 8657 | return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 | def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8660 | """ |
| 8661 | SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, |
| 8662 | int incH=-1) |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window |
| 8665 | size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the |
| 8666 | default values will be used. If this function is called, the user |
| 8667 | will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is |
| 8668 | a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size |
| 8669 | and will use that value if set when calculating layout. |
| 8670 | |
| 8671 | The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. |
| 8672 | """ |
| 8673 | return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8674 | |
| 8675 | def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8676 | """ |
| 8677 | SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) |
| 8678 | |
| 8679 | Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window |
| 8680 | size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the |
| 8681 | default values will be used. If this function is called, the user |
| 8682 | will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is |
| 8683 | a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size |
| 8684 | and will use that value if set when calculating layout. |
| 8685 | |
| 8686 | The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. |
| 8687 | """ |
| 8688 | return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8689 | |
| 8690 | def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8691 | """ |
| 8692 | SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) |
| 8693 | |
| 8694 | Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a |
| 8695 | pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be |
| 8696 | used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size |
| 8697 | the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. |
| 8698 | """ |
| 8699 | return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 | def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8702 | """ |
| 8703 | SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 | Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a |
| 8706 | pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be |
| 8707 | used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size |
| 8708 | the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. |
| 8709 | """ |
| 8710 | return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8711 | |
| 8712 | def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8713 | """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" |
| 8714 | return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 | def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8717 | """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" |
| 8718 | return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 | def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8721 | """ |
| 8722 | SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) |
| 8723 | |
| 8724 | A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the |
| 8725 | min size. |
| 8726 | """ |
| 8727 | return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 | def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8730 | """ |
| 8731 | SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) |
| 8732 | |
| 8733 | A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the |
| 8734 | max size. |
| 8735 | """ |
| 8736 | return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 | def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8739 | """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" |
| 8740 | return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 | def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8743 | """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" |
| 8744 | return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8747 | """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" |
| 8748 | return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 | def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8751 | """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" |
| 8752 | return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8753 | |
| 8754 | def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8755 | """ |
| 8756 | SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) |
| 8757 | |
| 8758 | Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this |
| 8759 | is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled |
| 8760 | windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. |
| 8761 | """ |
| 8762 | return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 | def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8765 | """ |
| 8766 | SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this |
| 8769 | is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled |
| 8770 | windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. |
| 8771 | """ |
| 8772 | return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8773 | |
| 8774 | def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8775 | """ |
| 8776 | GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size |
| 8777 | |
| 8778 | Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows |
| 8779 | this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled |
| 8780 | windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. |
| 8781 | """ |
| 8782 | return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8783 | |
| 8784 | def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8785 | """ |
| 8786 | GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) |
| 8787 | |
| 8788 | Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows |
| 8789 | this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled |
| 8790 | windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. |
| 8791 | """ |
| 8792 | return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 | def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8795 | """ |
| 8796 | GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a |
| 8799 | sizer, interior children, or other means) |
| 8800 | """ |
| 8801 | return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 | def Show(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8804 | """ |
| 8805 | Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool |
| 8806 | |
| 8807 | Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level |
| 8808 | window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if |
| 8809 | Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if |
| 8810 | the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done |
| 8811 | because it already was in the requested state. |
| 8812 | """ |
| 8813 | return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8814 | |
| 8815 | def Hide(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8816 | """ |
| 8817 | Hide(self) -> bool |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 | Equivalent to calling Show(False). |
| 8820 | """ |
| 8821 | return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8822 | |
| 8823 | def Enable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8824 | """ |
| 8825 | Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent |
| 8828 | window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they |
| 8829 | are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window |
| 8830 | has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the |
| 8831 | window had already been in the specified state. |
| 8832 | """ |
| 8833 | return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8834 | |
| 8835 | def Disable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8836 | """ |
| 8837 | Disable(self) -> bool |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 | Disables the window, same as Enable(false). |
| 8840 | """ |
| 8841 | return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 | def IsShown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8844 | """ |
| 8845 | IsShown(self) -> bool |
| 8846 | |
| 8847 | Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. |
| 8848 | """ |
| 8849 | return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8850 | |
| 8851 | def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8852 | """ |
| 8853 | IsEnabled(self) -> bool |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 | Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. |
| 8856 | """ |
| 8857 | return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8858 | |
| 8859 | def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8860 | """ |
| 8861 | IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool |
| 8862 | |
| 8863 | Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen, |
| 8864 | i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are |
| 8865 | shown as well. |
| 8866 | """ |
| 8867 | return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8868 | |
| 8869 | def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8870 | """ |
| 8871 | SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 | Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be |
| 8874 | changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be |
| 8875 | called after changing the others for the change to take place |
| 8876 | immediately. |
| 8877 | """ |
| 8878 | return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8879 | |
| 8880 | def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8881 | """ |
| 8882 | GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long |
| 8883 | |
| 8884 | Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create |
| 8885 | method. |
| 8886 | """ |
| 8887 | return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 | SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag |
| 8890 | def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8891 | """ |
| 8892 | HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool |
| 8893 | |
| 8894 | Test if the given style is set for this window. |
| 8895 | """ |
| 8896 | return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 | def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8899 | """ |
| 8900 | IsRetained(self) -> bool |
| 8901 | |
| 8902 | Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained |
| 8903 | windows are only available on X platforms. |
| 8904 | """ |
| 8905 | return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8906 | |
| 8907 | def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8908 | """ |
| 8909 | SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) |
| 8910 | |
| 8911 | Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less |
| 8912 | often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with |
| 8913 | SetWindowStyleFlag() |
| 8914 | """ |
| 8915 | return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8918 | """ |
| 8919 | GetExtraStyle(self) -> long |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 | Returns the extra style bits for the window. |
| 8922 | """ |
| 8923 | return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 | def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8926 | """ |
| 8927 | MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 | Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can |
| 8930 | only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this |
| 8931 | effect. |
| 8932 | """ |
| 8933 | return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8934 | |
| 8935 | def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8936 | """ |
| 8937 | SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 | This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" |
| 8940 | code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background |
| 8941 | drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support |
| 8942 | the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is |
| 8943 | GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a |
| 8944 | user's selected theme. |
| 8945 | |
| 8946 | Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true |
| 8947 | by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. |
| 8948 | """ |
| 8949 | return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8950 | |
| 8951 | def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8952 | """ |
| 8953 | GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool |
| 8954 | |
| 8955 | Return the themeEnabled flag. |
| 8956 | """ |
| 8957 | return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8958 | |
| 8959 | def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8960 | """ |
| 8961 | SetFocus(self) |
| 8962 | |
| 8963 | Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. |
| 8964 | """ |
| 8965 | return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8966 | |
| 8967 | def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8968 | """ |
| 8969 | SetFocusFromKbd(self) |
| 8970 | |
| 8971 | Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally |
| 8972 | only called internally. |
| 8973 | """ |
| 8974 | return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8975 | |
| 8976 | def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8977 | """ |
| 8978 | FindFocus() -> Window |
| 8979 | |
| 8980 | Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, |
| 8981 | or None. |
| 8982 | """ |
| 8983 | return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8984 | |
| 8985 | FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus) |
| 8986 | def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8987 | """ |
| 8988 | AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 | Can this window have focus? |
| 8991 | """ |
| 8992 | return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs) |
| 8993 | |
| 8994 | def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs): |
| 8995 | """ |
| 8996 | AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 | Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the |
| 8999 | only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click |
| 9000 | it. |
| 9001 | """ |
| 9002 | return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9003 | |
| 9004 | def Navigate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9005 | """ |
| 9006 | Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool |
| 9007 | |
| 9008 | Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a |
| 9009 | `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. |
| 9010 | """ |
| 9011 | return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9012 | |
| 9013 | def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9014 | """ |
| 9015 | MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) |
| 9016 | |
| 9017 | Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified |
| 9018 | sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on |
| 9019 | that other window, the focus switches to this window. |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 | The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function |
| 9022 | and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the |
| 9023 | windows. |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 | """ |
| 9026 | return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 | def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9029 | """ |
| 9030 | MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 | Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just |
| 9033 | before win instead of putting it right after it. |
| 9034 | """ |
| 9035 | return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 | def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9038 | """ |
| 9039 | GetChildren(self) -> PyObject |
| 9040 | |
| 9041 | Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a |
| 9042 | copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return |
| 9043 | value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children |
| 9044 | do not change. |
| 9045 | """ |
| 9046 | return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 | def GetParent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9049 | """ |
| 9050 | GetParent(self) -> Window |
| 9051 | |
| 9052 | Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. |
| 9053 | """ |
| 9054 | return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9055 | |
| 9056 | def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9057 | """ |
| 9058 | GetGrandParent(self) -> Window |
| 9059 | |
| 9060 | Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there |
| 9061 | isn't one. |
| 9062 | """ |
| 9063 | return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 | def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9066 | """ |
| 9067 | IsTopLevel(self) -> bool |
| 9068 | |
| 9069 | Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all |
| 9070 | frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even |
| 9071 | if they have a parent window). |
| 9072 | """ |
| 9073 | return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 | def Reparent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9076 | """ |
| 9077 | Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 | Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current |
| 9080 | parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then |
| 9081 | re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True |
| 9082 | if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == |
| 9083 | oldParent) |
| 9084 | """ |
| 9085 | return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 | def AddChild(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9088 | """ |
| 9089 | AddChild(self, Window child) |
| 9090 | |
| 9091 | Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation |
| 9092 | functions so should not be required by the application programmer. |
| 9093 | """ |
| 9094 | return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9095 | |
| 9096 | def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9097 | """ |
| 9098 | RemoveChild(self, Window child) |
| 9099 | |
| 9100 | Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window |
| 9101 | deletion functions so should not be required by the application |
| 9102 | programmer. |
| 9103 | """ |
| 9104 | return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9105 | |
| 9106 | def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9107 | """ |
| 9108 | SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on) |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 | Currently wxGTK2 only. |
| 9111 | """ |
| 9112 | return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 | def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9115 | """ |
| 9116 | FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window |
| 9117 | |
| 9118 | Find a chld of this window by window ID |
| 9119 | """ |
| 9120 | return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9121 | |
| 9122 | def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9123 | """ |
| 9124 | FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window |
| 9125 | |
| 9126 | Find a child of this window by name |
| 9127 | """ |
| 9128 | return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9129 | |
| 9130 | def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9131 | """ |
| 9132 | GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler |
| 9133 | |
| 9134 | Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is |
| 9135 | its own event handler. |
| 9136 | """ |
| 9137 | return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9138 | |
| 9139 | def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9140 | """ |
| 9141 | SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 | Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object |
| 9144 | that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other |
| 9145 | words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By |
| 9146 | default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may |
| 9147 | wish to substitute another, for example to allow central |
| 9148 | implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window |
| 9149 | classes. |
| 9150 | |
| 9151 | It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets |
| 9152 | up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event |
| 9153 | handler is handed off to the next one in the chain. |
| 9154 | """ |
| 9155 | return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9156 | |
| 9157 | def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9158 | """ |
| 9159 | PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 | Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. |
| 9162 | An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events |
| 9163 | sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to |
| 9164 | handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler, |
| 9165 | but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to |
| 9166 | allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of |
| 9167 | different window classes. |
| 9168 | |
| 9169 | wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of |
| 9170 | event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is |
| 9171 | handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` |
| 9172 | to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given |
| 9173 | to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the |
| 9174 | window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call |
| 9175 | its Destroy method yourself. |
| 9176 | """ |
| 9177 | return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9178 | |
| 9179 | def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9180 | """ |
| 9181 | PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 | Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler |
| 9184 | stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be |
| 9185 | destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead. |
| 9186 | """ |
| 9187 | return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 | def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9190 | """ |
| 9191 | RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 | Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not |
| 9194 | delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found |
| 9195 | and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this |
| 9196 | function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be |
| 9197 | there.) |
| 9198 | """ |
| 9199 | return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9200 | |
| 9201 | def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9202 | """ |
| 9203 | SetValidator(self, Validator validator) |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 | Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, |
| 9206 | having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this |
| 9207 | type. |
| 9208 | """ |
| 9209 | return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9210 | |
| 9211 | def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9212 | """ |
| 9213 | GetValidator(self) -> Validator |
| 9214 | |
| 9215 | Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if |
| 9216 | there is none. |
| 9217 | """ |
| 9218 | return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9219 | |
| 9220 | def Validate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9221 | """ |
| 9222 | Validate(self) -> bool |
| 9223 | |
| 9224 | Validates the current values of the child controls using their |
| 9225 | validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra |
| 9226 | style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child |
| 9227 | windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed. |
| 9228 | """ |
| 9229 | return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9230 | |
| 9231 | def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9232 | """ |
| 9233 | TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 | Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their |
| 9236 | validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra |
| 9237 | style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of |
| 9238 | all child windows. |
| 9239 | """ |
| 9240 | return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 | def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9243 | """ |
| 9244 | TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool |
| 9245 | |
| 9246 | Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their |
| 9247 | validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has |
| 9248 | wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will |
| 9249 | also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. |
| 9250 | """ |
| 9251 | return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 | def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9254 | """ |
| 9255 | InitDialog(self) |
| 9256 | |
| 9257 | Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data |
| 9258 | to the dialog via validators. |
| 9259 | """ |
| 9260 | return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9261 | |
| 9262 | def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9263 | """ |
| 9264 | SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) |
| 9265 | |
| 9266 | Sets the accelerator table for this window. |
| 9267 | """ |
| 9268 | return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9271 | """ |
| 9272 | GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | Gets the accelerator table for this window. |
| 9275 | """ |
| 9276 | return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 | def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9279 | """ |
| 9280 | RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool |
| 9281 | |
| 9282 | Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey |
| 9283 | registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will |
| 9284 | receive the event even if the application is in the background and |
| 9285 | does not have the input focus because the user is working with some |
| 9286 | other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey |
| 9287 | use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the |
| 9288 | hotkey was registered successfully. |
| 9289 | """ |
| 9290 | return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9291 | |
| 9292 | def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9293 | """ |
| 9294 | UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 | Unregisters a system wide hotkey. |
| 9297 | """ |
| 9298 | return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9299 | |
| 9300 | def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9301 | """ |
| 9302 | ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 9303 | |
| 9304 | Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units |
| 9305 | are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font |
| 9306 | changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the |
| 9307 | average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, |
| 9308 | the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and |
| 9309 | then divided by 8. |
| 9310 | """ |
| 9311 | return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9312 | |
| 9313 | def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9314 | """ |
| 9315 | ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size |
| 9316 | |
| 9317 | Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units |
| 9318 | are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font |
| 9319 | changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the |
| 9320 | average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, |
| 9321 | the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and |
| 9322 | then divided by 8. |
| 9323 | """ |
| 9324 | return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 | def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9327 | """ |
| 9328 | DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 9329 | |
| 9330 | Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units |
| 9331 | are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font |
| 9332 | changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the |
| 9333 | average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, |
| 9334 | the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and |
| 9335 | then divided by 8. |
| 9336 | """ |
| 9337 | return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 | def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9340 | """ |
| 9341 | DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size |
| 9342 | |
| 9343 | Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units |
| 9344 | are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font |
| 9345 | changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the |
| 9346 | average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, |
| 9347 | the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and |
| 9348 | then divided by 8. |
| 9349 | """ |
| 9350 | return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9353 | """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" |
| 9354 | return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9355 | |
| 9356 | def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9357 | """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" |
| 9358 | return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 | def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9361 | """ |
| 9362 | WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) |
| 9363 | |
| 9364 | Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. |
| 9365 | |
| 9366 | NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human |
| 9367 | Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. |
| 9368 | """ |
| 9369 | return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 | def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9372 | """ |
| 9373 | CaptureMouse(self) |
| 9374 | |
| 9375 | Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to |
| 9376 | release the capture. |
| 9377 | |
| 9378 | Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the |
| 9379 | mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window |
| 9380 | which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if |
| 9381 | there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must |
| 9382 | release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window |
| 9383 | receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event. |
| 9384 | |
| 9385 | Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some |
| 9386 | operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this |
| 9387 | operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not |
| 9388 | recapture mouse. |
| 9389 | """ |
| 9390 | return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9391 | |
| 9392 | def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9393 | """ |
| 9394 | ReleaseMouse(self) |
| 9395 | |
| 9396 | Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. |
| 9397 | """ |
| 9398 | return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9399 | |
| 9400 | def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9401 | """ |
| 9402 | GetCapture() -> Window |
| 9403 | |
| 9404 | Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None |
| 9405 | """ |
| 9406 | return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9407 | |
| 9408 | GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture) |
| 9409 | def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9410 | """ |
| 9411 | HasCapture(self) -> bool |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 | Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. |
| 9414 | """ |
| 9415 | return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9416 | |
| 9417 | def Refresh(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9418 | """ |
| 9419 | Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) |
| 9420 | |
| 9421 | Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it |
| 9422 | will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent |
| 9423 | to the window. |
| 9424 | """ |
| 9425 | return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9426 | |
| 9427 | def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9428 | """ |
| 9429 | RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) |
| 9430 | |
| 9431 | Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will |
| 9432 | be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. |
| 9433 | """ |
| 9434 | return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 | def Update(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9437 | """ |
| 9438 | Update(self) |
| 9439 | |
| 9440 | Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the |
| 9441 | window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally |
| 9442 | this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the |
| 9443 | event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and |
| 9444 | does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh` |
| 9445 | first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of |
| 9446 | it) unconditionally. |
| 9447 | """ |
| 9448 | return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9449 | |
| 9450 | def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9451 | """ |
| 9452 | ClearBackground(self) |
| 9453 | |
| 9454 | Clears the window by filling it with the current background |
| 9455 | colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. |
| 9456 | """ |
| 9457 | return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 | def Freeze(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9460 | """ |
| 9461 | Freeze(self) |
| 9462 | |
| 9463 | Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from |
| 9464 | taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be |
| 9465 | called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be |
| 9466 | nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has |
| 9467 | been undone. |
| 9468 | |
| 9469 | This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, |
| 9470 | it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into |
| 9471 | a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor |
| 9472 | for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a |
| 9473 | mandatory directive. |
| 9474 | """ |
| 9475 | return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9476 | |
| 9477 | def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9478 | """ |
| 9479 | IsFrozen(self) -> bool |
| 9480 | |
| 9481 | Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet. |
| 9482 | |
| 9483 | :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw` |
| 9484 | """ |
| 9485 | return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9486 | |
| 9487 | def Thaw(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9488 | """ |
| 9489 | Thaw(self) |
| 9490 | |
| 9491 | Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to |
| 9492 | Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of |
| 9493 | times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. |
| 9494 | """ |
| 9495 | return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9496 | |
| 9497 | def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9498 | """ |
| 9499 | PrepareDC(self, DC dc) |
| 9500 | |
| 9501 | Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a |
| 9502 | scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current |
| 9503 | scroll position. |
| 9504 | """ |
| 9505 | return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 | def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9508 | """ |
| 9509 | IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool |
| 9510 | |
| 9511 | Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the |
| 9512 | system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a |
| 9513 | temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once |
| 9514 | later. |
| 9515 | """ |
| 9516 | return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 | def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9519 | """ |
| 9520 | GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region |
| 9521 | |
| 9522 | Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been |
| 9523 | damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. |
| 9524 | """ |
| 9525 | return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9526 | |
| 9527 | def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9528 | """ |
| 9529 | GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 | Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. |
| 9532 | """ |
| 9533 | return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9534 | |
| 9535 | def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9536 | """ |
| 9537 | IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 | Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed |
| 9540 | since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to |
| 9541 | optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been |
| 9542 | exposed. |
| 9543 | """ |
| 9544 | return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 | def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9547 | """ |
| 9548 | IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 | Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed |
| 9551 | since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to |
| 9552 | optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been |
| 9553 | exposed. |
| 9554 | """ |
| 9555 | return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9556 | |
| 9557 | def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9558 | """ |
| 9559 | IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool |
| 9560 | |
| 9561 | Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed |
| 9562 | since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to |
| 9563 | optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been |
| 9564 | exposed. |
| 9565 | """ |
| 9566 | return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 | def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9569 | """ |
| 9570 | GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes |
| 9571 | |
| 9572 | Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is |
| 9573 | useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control |
| 9574 | as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard |
| 9575 | coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of |
| 9576 | place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. |
| 9577 | """ |
| 9578 | return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 | def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9581 | """ |
| 9582 | GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes |
| 9583 | |
| 9584 | Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want |
| 9585 | to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard |
| 9586 | control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific |
| 9587 | colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the |
| 9588 | user's system, especially if it uses themes. |
| 9589 | |
| 9590 | The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is |
| 9591 | ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of |
| 9592 | the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about |
| 9593 | this. |
| 9594 | """ |
| 9595 | return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9596 | |
| 9597 | GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes) |
| 9598 | def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9599 | """ |
| 9600 | SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool |
| 9601 | |
| 9602 | Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour |
| 9603 | was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default |
| 9604 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and |
| 9605 | automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window |
| 9606 | to the default background colour. |
| 9607 | |
| 9608 | Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate |
| 9609 | refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after |
| 9610 | calling this function. |
| 9611 | |
| 9612 | Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this |
| 9613 | window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the |
| 9614 | themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all |
| 9615 | applications on the system. |
| 9616 | """ |
| 9617 | return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9618 | |
| 9619 | def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9620 | """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" |
| 9621 | return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9622 | |
| 9623 | def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9624 | """ |
| 9625 | SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool |
| 9626 | |
| 9627 | Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour |
| 9628 | was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on |
| 9629 | the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may |
| 9630 | not be used at all. |
| 9631 | """ |
| 9632 | return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9633 | |
| 9634 | def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9635 | """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" |
| 9636 | return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 | def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9639 | """ |
| 9640 | GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour |
| 9641 | |
| 9642 | Returns the background colour of the window. |
| 9643 | """ |
| 9644 | return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9645 | |
| 9646 | def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9647 | """ |
| 9648 | GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour |
| 9649 | |
| 9650 | Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of |
| 9651 | foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text |
| 9652 | colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. |
| 9653 | """ |
| 9654 | return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 | def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9657 | """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" |
| 9658 | return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9659 | |
| 9660 | def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9661 | """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" |
| 9662 | return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9663 | |
| 9664 | def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9665 | """ |
| 9666 | SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool |
| 9667 | |
| 9668 | Returns the background style of the window. The background style |
| 9669 | indicates how the background of the window is drawn. |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 | ====================== ======================================== |
| 9672 | wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should |
| 9673 | be determined by the system |
| 9674 | wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour |
| 9675 | wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the |
| 9676 | application. |
| 9677 | ====================== ======================================== |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 | On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of |
| 9680 | a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has |
| 9681 | no effect on other platforms. |
| 9682 | |
| 9683 | :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` |
| 9684 | """ |
| 9685 | return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9686 | |
| 9687 | def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9688 | """ |
| 9689 | GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 | Returns the background style of the window. |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 | :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` |
| 9694 | """ |
| 9695 | return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 | def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9698 | """ |
| 9699 | HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool |
| 9700 | |
| 9701 | Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for |
| 9702 | example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's |
| 9703 | background. |
| 9704 | |
| 9705 | This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you |
| 9706 | normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override |
| 9707 | it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted |
| 9708 | correctly. |
| 9709 | """ |
| 9710 | return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9711 | |
| 9712 | def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9713 | """ |
| 9714 | SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool |
| 9715 | |
| 9716 | Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it |
| 9717 | for the children of the window implicitly. |
| 9718 | |
| 9719 | The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will |
| 9720 | be reset back to default. |
| 9721 | """ |
| 9722 | return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9723 | |
| 9724 | def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9725 | """ |
| 9726 | GetCursor(self) -> Cursor |
| 9727 | |
| 9728 | Return the cursor associated with this window. |
| 9729 | """ |
| 9730 | return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9731 | |
| 9732 | def SetFont(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9733 | """ |
| 9734 | SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool |
| 9735 | |
| 9736 | Sets the font for this window. |
| 9737 | """ |
| 9738 | return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 | def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9741 | """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" |
| 9742 | return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9743 | |
| 9744 | def GetFont(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9745 | """ |
| 9746 | GetFont(self) -> Font |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 | Returns the default font used for this window. |
| 9749 | """ |
| 9750 | return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9751 | |
| 9752 | def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9753 | """ |
| 9754 | SetCaret(self, Caret caret) |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 | Sets the caret associated with the window. |
| 9757 | """ |
| 9758 | return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9759 | |
| 9760 | def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9761 | """ |
| 9762 | GetCaret(self) -> Caret |
| 9763 | |
| 9764 | Returns the caret associated with the window. |
| 9765 | """ |
| 9766 | return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 | def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9769 | """ |
| 9770 | GetCharHeight(self) -> int |
| 9771 | |
| 9772 | Get the (average) character size for the current font. |
| 9773 | """ |
| 9774 | return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 | def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9777 | """ |
| 9778 | GetCharWidth(self) -> int |
| 9779 | |
| 9780 | Get the (average) character size for the current font. |
| 9781 | """ |
| 9782 | return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9783 | |
| 9784 | def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9785 | """ |
| 9786 | GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) |
| 9787 | |
| 9788 | Get the width and height of the text using the current font. |
| 9789 | """ |
| 9790 | return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9791 | |
| 9792 | def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9793 | """ |
| 9794 | GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> |
| 9795 | (width, height, descent, externalLeading) |
| 9796 | |
| 9797 | Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the |
| 9798 | current or specified font. |
| 9799 | """ |
| 9800 | return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9801 | |
| 9802 | def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9803 | """ |
| 9804 | ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) |
| 9805 | |
| 9806 | Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. |
| 9807 | """ |
| 9808 | return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9809 | |
| 9810 | def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9811 | """ |
| 9812 | ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) |
| 9813 | |
| 9814 | Converts from screen to client window coordinates. |
| 9815 | """ |
| 9816 | return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9817 | |
| 9818 | def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9819 | """ |
| 9820 | ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 9821 | |
| 9822 | Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. |
| 9823 | """ |
| 9824 | return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9825 | |
| 9826 | def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9827 | """ |
| 9828 | ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point |
| 9829 | |
| 9830 | Converts from screen to client window coordinates. |
| 9831 | """ |
| 9832 | return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9833 | |
| 9834 | def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9835 | """ |
| 9836 | HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int |
| 9837 | |
| 9838 | Test where the given (in client coords) point lies |
| 9839 | """ |
| 9840 | return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9841 | |
| 9842 | def HitTest(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9843 | """ |
| 9844 | HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int |
| 9845 | |
| 9846 | Test where the given (in client coords) point lies |
| 9847 | """ |
| 9848 | return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9849 | |
| 9850 | def GetBorder(*args): |
| 9851 | """ |
| 9852 | GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int |
| 9853 | GetBorder(self) -> int |
| 9854 | |
| 9855 | Get border for the flags of this window |
| 9856 | """ |
| 9857 | return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args) |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 | def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9860 | """ |
| 9861 | UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 | This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular |
| 9864 | implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will |
| 9865 | send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will |
| 9866 | send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this |
| 9867 | function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at |
| 9868 | a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are |
| 9869 | concerned). This may be necessary if you have called |
| 9870 | `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to |
| 9871 | limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events |
| 9872 | in idle time. |
| 9873 | """ |
| 9874 | return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9875 | |
| 9876 | def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9877 | """ |
| 9878 | PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool |
| 9879 | |
| 9880 | Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, |
| 9881 | and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is |
| 9882 | selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as |
| 9883 | usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the |
| 9884 | mouse cursor will be used. |
| 9885 | """ |
| 9886 | return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9887 | |
| 9888 | def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9889 | """ |
| 9890 | PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool |
| 9891 | |
| 9892 | Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, |
| 9893 | and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is |
| 9894 | selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as |
| 9895 | usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the |
| 9896 | mouse cursor will be used. |
| 9897 | """ |
| 9898 | return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9899 | |
| 9900 | def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9901 | """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool""" |
| 9902 | return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 | def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9905 | """ |
| 9906 | GetHandle(self) -> long |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 | Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the |
| 9909 | physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the |
| 9910 | toplevel parent of the window. |
| 9911 | """ |
| 9912 | return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9913 | |
| 9914 | def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9915 | """ |
| 9916 | AssociateHandle(self, long handle) |
| 9917 | |
| 9918 | Associate the window with a new native handle |
| 9919 | """ |
| 9920 | return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9921 | |
| 9922 | def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9923 | """ |
| 9924 | DissociateHandle(self) |
| 9925 | |
| 9926 | Dissociate the current native handle from the window |
| 9927 | """ |
| 9928 | return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9929 | |
| 9930 | def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9931 | """ |
| 9932 | HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool |
| 9933 | |
| 9934 | Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? |
| 9935 | """ |
| 9936 | return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9937 | |
| 9938 | def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9939 | """ |
| 9940 | SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, |
| 9941 | bool refresh=True) |
| 9942 | |
| 9943 | Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. |
| 9944 | """ |
| 9945 | return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9946 | |
| 9947 | def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9948 | """ |
| 9949 | SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) |
| 9950 | |
| 9951 | Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. |
| 9952 | """ |
| 9953 | return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9954 | |
| 9955 | def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9956 | """ |
| 9957 | GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int |
| 9958 | |
| 9959 | Returns the built-in scrollbar position. |
| 9960 | """ |
| 9961 | return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9962 | |
| 9963 | def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9964 | """ |
| 9965 | GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int |
| 9966 | |
| 9967 | Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. |
| 9968 | """ |
| 9969 | return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9970 | |
| 9971 | def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9972 | """ |
| 9973 | GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int |
| 9974 | |
| 9975 | Returns the built-in scrollbar range. |
| 9976 | """ |
| 9977 | return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9978 | |
| 9979 | def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9980 | """ |
| 9981 | ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) |
| 9982 | |
| 9983 | Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows |
| 9984 | accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling |
| 9985 | implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that |
| 9986 | it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. |
| 9987 | """ |
| 9988 | return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 9989 | |
| 9990 | def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs): |
| 9991 | """ |
| 9992 | ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool |
| 9993 | |
| 9994 | If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by |
| 9995 | the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines |
| 9996 | is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was |
| 9997 | already on top/bottom and nothing was done. |
| 9998 | """ |
| 9999 | return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10000 | |
| 10001 | def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10002 | """ |
| 10003 | ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool |
| 10004 | |
| 10005 | If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by |
| 10006 | the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages |
| 10007 | is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was |
| 10008 | already on top/bottom and nothing was done. |
| 10009 | """ |
| 10010 | return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10011 | |
| 10012 | def LineUp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10013 | """ |
| 10014 | LineUp(self) -> bool |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). |
| 10017 | """ |
| 10018 | return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10019 | |
| 10020 | def LineDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10021 | """ |
| 10022 | LineDown(self) -> bool |
| 10023 | |
| 10024 | This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). |
| 10025 | """ |
| 10026 | return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10027 | |
| 10028 | def PageUp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10029 | """ |
| 10030 | PageUp(self) -> bool |
| 10031 | |
| 10032 | This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). |
| 10033 | """ |
| 10034 | return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10035 | |
| 10036 | def PageDown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10037 | """ |
| 10038 | PageDown(self) -> bool |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). |
| 10041 | """ |
| 10042 | return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 | def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10045 | """ |
| 10046 | SetHelpText(self, String text) |
| 10047 | |
| 10048 | Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this |
| 10049 | window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current |
| 10050 | `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself. |
| 10051 | """ |
| 10052 | return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10053 | |
| 10054 | def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10055 | """ |
| 10056 | SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) |
| 10057 | |
| 10058 | Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this |
| 10059 | one. |
| 10060 | """ |
| 10061 | return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10062 | |
| 10063 | def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10064 | """ |
| 10065 | GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String |
| 10066 | |
| 10067 | Get the help string associated with the given position in this window. |
| 10068 | |
| 10069 | Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown |
| 10070 | and this method should return the global window help text then |
| 10071 | |
| 10072 | """ |
| 10073 | return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10074 | |
| 10075 | def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10076 | """ |
| 10077 | GetHelpText(self) -> String |
| 10078 | |
| 10079 | Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this |
| 10080 | window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current |
| 10081 | `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself. |
| 10082 | """ |
| 10083 | return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10084 | |
| 10085 | def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10086 | """ |
| 10087 | SetToolTipString(self, String tip) |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 | Attach a tooltip to the window. |
| 10090 | """ |
| 10091 | return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10092 | |
| 10093 | def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10094 | """ |
| 10095 | SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) |
| 10096 | |
| 10097 | Attach a tooltip to the window. |
| 10098 | """ |
| 10099 | return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10100 | |
| 10101 | def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10102 | """ |
| 10103 | GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 | get the associated tooltip or None if none |
| 10106 | """ |
| 10107 | return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10108 | |
| 10109 | def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10110 | """ |
| 10111 | SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) |
| 10112 | |
| 10113 | Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has |
| 10114 | a drop target, it is deleted. |
| 10115 | """ |
| 10116 | return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10117 | |
| 10118 | def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10119 | """ |
| 10120 | GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget |
| 10121 | |
| 10122 | Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. |
| 10123 | """ |
| 10124 | return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10125 | |
| 10126 | def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10127 | """ |
| 10128 | DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) |
| 10129 | |
| 10130 | Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. |
| 10131 | Only functional on Windows. |
| 10132 | """ |
| 10133 | return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10134 | |
| 10135 | def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10136 | """ |
| 10137 | SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) |
| 10138 | |
| 10139 | Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing |
| 10140 | layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be |
| 10141 | deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current |
| 10142 | constraints. |
| 10143 | |
| 10144 | You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints |
| 10145 | automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must |
| 10146 | handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting |
| 10147 | both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have |
| 10148 | effect. |
| 10149 | """ |
| 10150 | return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10151 | |
| 10152 | def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10153 | """ |
| 10154 | GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints |
| 10155 | |
| 10156 | Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there |
| 10157 | are none. |
| 10158 | """ |
| 10159 | return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10160 | |
| 10161 | def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10162 | """ |
| 10163 | SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) |
| 10164 | |
| 10165 | Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically |
| 10166 | when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the |
| 10167 | windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and |
| 10168 | `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them). |
| 10169 | |
| 10170 | This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use |
| 10171 | `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window |
| 10172 | layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. |
| 10173 | """ |
| 10174 | return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10175 | |
| 10176 | def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10177 | """ |
| 10178 | GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool |
| 10179 | |
| 10180 | Returns the current autoLayout setting |
| 10181 | """ |
| 10182 | return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10183 | |
| 10184 | def Layout(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10185 | """ |
| 10186 | Layout(self) -> bool |
| 10187 | |
| 10188 | Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based |
| 10189 | algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, |
| 10190 | this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE |
| 10191 | handler when the window is resized. |
| 10192 | """ |
| 10193 | return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10194 | |
| 10195 | def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10196 | """ |
| 10197 | SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) |
| 10198 | |
| 10199 | Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then |
| 10200 | own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing |
| 10201 | layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted |
| 10202 | if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also |
| 10203 | call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is |
| 10204 | non-None, and False otherwise. |
| 10205 | """ |
| 10206 | return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10207 | |
| 10208 | def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10209 | """ |
| 10210 | SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) |
| 10211 | |
| 10212 | The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the |
| 10213 | window based on the sizer's minimum size. |
| 10214 | """ |
| 10215 | return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10216 | |
| 10217 | def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10218 | """ |
| 10219 | GetSizer(self) -> Sizer |
| 10220 | |
| 10221 | Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to |
| 10222 | SetSizer or None if there isn't one. |
| 10223 | """ |
| 10224 | return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10225 | |
| 10226 | def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10227 | """ |
| 10228 | SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) |
| 10229 | |
| 10230 | This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is |
| 10231 | called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so |
| 10232 | the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. |
| 10233 | """ |
| 10234 | return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10235 | |
| 10236 | def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10237 | """ |
| 10238 | GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 | Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. |
| 10241 | """ |
| 10242 | return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10243 | |
| 10244 | def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10245 | """ |
| 10246 | InheritAttributes(self) |
| 10247 | |
| 10248 | This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called |
| 10249 | during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual |
| 10250 | attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background |
| 10251 | colours. |
| 10252 | |
| 10253 | By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use |
| 10254 | their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's |
| 10255 | attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not |
| 10256 | SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been |
| 10257 | explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same |
| 10258 | value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides |
| 10259 | ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed |
| 10260 | no matter what and only the font might. |
| 10261 | |
| 10262 | This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the |
| 10263 | different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default |
| 10264 | attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as |
| 10265 | in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) |
| 10266 | than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the |
| 10267 | parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change |
| 10268 | the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or |
| 10269 | colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the |
| 10270 | parents attributes. |
| 10271 | |
| 10272 | """ |
| 10273 | return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10274 | |
| 10275 | def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10276 | """ |
| 10277 | ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool |
| 10278 | |
| 10279 | Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be |
| 10280 | changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them |
| 10281 | from the parent window. |
| 10282 | |
| 10283 | The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in |
| 10284 | wxControl where it returns true. |
| 10285 | """ |
| 10286 | return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10287 | |
| 10288 | def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10289 | """ |
| 10290 | CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool |
| 10291 | |
| 10292 | Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for |
| 10293 | this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution, |
| 10294 | so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact |
| 10295 | possible to set the transparency. |
| 10296 | |
| 10297 | NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite |
| 10298 | extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such |
| 10299 | as xcompmgr) running. |
| 10300 | """ |
| 10301 | return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10302 | |
| 10303 | def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10304 | """ |
| 10305 | SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool |
| 10306 | |
| 10307 | Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value, |
| 10308 | returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the |
| 10309 | range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully |
| 10310 | opaque. |
| 10311 | """ |
| 10312 | return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10313 | |
| 10314 | def PostCreate(self, pre): |
| 10315 | """ |
| 10316 | Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> |
| 10317 | Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. |
| 10318 | """ |
| 10319 | self.this = pre.this |
| 10320 | self.thisown = pre.thisown |
| 10321 | pre.thisown = 0 |
| 10322 | if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'): |
| 10323 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 10324 | if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'): |
| 10325 | self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__) |
| 10326 | |
| 10327 | def SendSizeEvent(self): |
| 10328 | self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1))) |
| 10329 | |
| 10330 | AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`") |
| 10331 | AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`") |
| 10332 | AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`") |
| 10333 | BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`") |
| 10334 | BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`") |
| 10335 | BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`") |
| 10336 | BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`") |
| 10337 | BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`") |
| 10338 | Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`") |
| 10339 | Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`") |
| 10340 | CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`") |
| 10341 | CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`") |
| 10342 | Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`") |
| 10343 | ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`") |
| 10344 | ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`") |
| 10345 | ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`") |
| 10346 | Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`") |
| 10347 | ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`") |
| 10348 | Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`") |
| 10349 | DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`") |
| 10350 | DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`") |
| 10351 | EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`") |
| 10352 | ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`") |
| 10353 | Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`") |
| 10354 | ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`") |
| 10355 | GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`") |
| 10356 | Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`") |
| 10357 | HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`") |
| 10358 | Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`") |
| 10359 | Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`") |
| 10360 | LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`") |
| 10361 | MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`") |
| 10362 | MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`") |
| 10363 | MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`") |
| 10364 | MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`") |
| 10365 | MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`") |
| 10366 | MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`") |
| 10367 | Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`") |
| 10368 | Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`") |
| 10369 | Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`") |
| 10370 | Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`") |
| 10371 | ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`") |
| 10372 | ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`") |
| 10373 | Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`") |
| 10374 | Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`") |
| 10375 | ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`") |
| 10376 | ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`") |
| 10377 | UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`") |
| 10378 | UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`") |
| 10379 | Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`") |
| 10380 | VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`") |
| 10381 | WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`") |
| 10382 | WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`") |
| 10383 | WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`") |
| 10384 | Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`") |
| 10385 | Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`") |
| 10386 | TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`") |
| 10387 | _core_.Window_swigregister(Window) |
| 10388 | |
| 10389 | def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10390 | """ |
| 10391 | PreWindow() -> Window |
| 10392 | |
| 10393 | Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. |
| 10394 | """ |
| 10395 | val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10396 | return val |
| 10397 | |
| 10398 | def Window_NewControlId(*args): |
| 10399 | """ |
| 10400 | Window_NewControlId() -> int |
| 10401 | |
| 10402 | Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. |
| 10403 | """ |
| 10404 | return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args) |
| 10405 | |
| 10406 | def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10407 | """ |
| 10408 | Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int |
| 10409 | |
| 10410 | Get the id of the control following the one with the given |
| 10411 | autogenerated) id |
| 10412 | """ |
| 10413 | return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10414 | |
| 10415 | def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10416 | """ |
| 10417 | Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int |
| 10418 | |
| 10419 | Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given |
| 10420 | autogenerated) id |
| 10421 | """ |
| 10422 | return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10423 | |
| 10424 | def Window_FindFocus(*args): |
| 10425 | """ |
| 10426 | Window_FindFocus() -> Window |
| 10427 | |
| 10428 | Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, |
| 10429 | or None. |
| 10430 | """ |
| 10431 | return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args) |
| 10432 | |
| 10433 | def Window_GetCapture(*args): |
| 10434 | """ |
| 10435 | Window_GetCapture() -> Window |
| 10436 | |
| 10437 | Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None |
| 10438 | """ |
| 10439 | return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args) |
| 10440 | |
| 10441 | def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10442 | """ |
| 10443 | Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes |
| 10444 | |
| 10445 | Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want |
| 10446 | to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard |
| 10447 | control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific |
| 10448 | colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the |
| 10449 | user's system, especially if it uses themes. |
| 10450 | |
| 10451 | The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is |
| 10452 | ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of |
| 10453 | the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about |
| 10454 | this. |
| 10455 | """ |
| 10456 | return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10457 | |
| 10458 | def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None): |
| 10459 | """ |
| 10460 | Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in |
| 10461 | dialog units to pixel units. |
| 10462 | """ |
| 10463 | if y is None: |
| 10464 | return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x) |
| 10465 | else: |
| 10466 | return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y)) |
| 10467 | |
| 10468 | def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None): |
| 10469 | """ |
| 10470 | Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in |
| 10471 | dialog units to pixel units. |
| 10472 | """ |
| 10473 | if height is None: |
| 10474 | return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width) |
| 10475 | else: |
| 10476 | return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height)) |
| 10477 | |
| 10478 | |
| 10479 | def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10480 | """ |
| 10481 | FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window |
| 10482 | |
| 10483 | Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent |
| 10484 | is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog |
| 10485 | boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window |
| 10486 | hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. |
| 10487 | """ |
| 10488 | return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10489 | |
| 10490 | def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10491 | """ |
| 10492 | FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window |
| 10493 | |
| 10494 | Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create |
| 10495 | function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all |
| 10496 | top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be |
| 10497 | limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both |
| 10498 | cases. |
| 10499 | |
| 10500 | If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. |
| 10501 | """ |
| 10502 | return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10503 | |
| 10504 | def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10505 | """ |
| 10506 | FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window |
| 10507 | |
| 10508 | Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label |
| 10509 | may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the |
| 10510 | search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if |
| 10511 | non-None, the search will be limited to the given window |
| 10512 | hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. |
| 10513 | """ |
| 10514 | return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10515 | |
| 10516 | def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10517 | """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" |
| 10518 | return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10519 | |
| 10520 | def GetTopLevelWindows(*args): |
| 10521 | """ |
| 10522 | GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject |
| 10523 | |
| 10524 | Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, |
| 10525 | dialogs, etc.) NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained |
| 10526 | by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows |
| 10527 | are closed or new top-level windows are created. |
| 10528 | |
| 10529 | """ |
| 10530 | return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args) |
| 10531 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10532 | |
| 10533 | class Validator(EvtHandler): |
| 10534 | """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" |
| 10535 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 10536 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 10537 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 10538 | """__init__(self) -> Validator""" |
| 10539 | _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 10540 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 10541 | |
| 10542 | def Clone(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10543 | """Clone(self) -> Validator""" |
| 10544 | return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10545 | |
| 10546 | def Validate(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10547 | """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" |
| 10548 | return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10549 | |
| 10550 | def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10551 | """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" |
| 10552 | return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10553 | |
| 10554 | def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10555 | """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" |
| 10556 | return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10557 | |
| 10558 | def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10559 | """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" |
| 10560 | return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10561 | |
| 10562 | def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10563 | """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" |
| 10564 | return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10565 | |
| 10566 | def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10567 | """IsSilent() -> bool""" |
| 10568 | return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10569 | |
| 10570 | IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent) |
| 10571 | def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10572 | """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" |
| 10573 | return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10574 | |
| 10575 | SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError) |
| 10576 | Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`") |
| 10577 | _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator) |
| 10578 | |
| 10579 | def Validator_IsSilent(*args): |
| 10580 | """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" |
| 10581 | return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args) |
| 10582 | |
| 10583 | def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10584 | """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" |
| 10585 | return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10586 | |
| 10587 | class PyValidator(Validator): |
| 10588 | """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" |
| 10589 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 10590 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 10591 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 10592 | """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" |
| 10593 | _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 10594 | |
| 10595 | self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1) |
| 10596 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 10597 | |
| 10598 | def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10599 | """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)""" |
| 10600 | return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10601 | |
| 10602 | _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator) |
| 10603 | |
| 10604 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10605 | |
| 10606 | class Menu(EvtHandler): |
| 10607 | """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" |
| 10608 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 10609 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 10610 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 10611 | """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" |
| 10612 | _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 10613 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 10614 | |
| 10615 | def Append(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10616 | """ |
| 10617 | Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString, |
| 10618 | int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem |
| 10619 | """ |
| 10620 | return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10621 | |
| 10622 | def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10623 | """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10624 | return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10625 | |
| 10626 | def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10627 | """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10628 | return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10629 | |
| 10630 | def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10631 | """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10632 | return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10633 | |
| 10634 | def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10635 | """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10636 | return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10637 | |
| 10638 | def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10639 | """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10640 | return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10641 | |
| 10642 | def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10643 | """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10644 | return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10645 | |
| 10646 | def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10647 | """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10648 | return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10649 | |
| 10650 | def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10651 | """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10652 | return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10653 | |
| 10654 | def Break(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10655 | """Break(self)""" |
| 10656 | return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10657 | |
| 10658 | def Insert(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10659 | """ |
| 10660 | Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString, |
| 10661 | int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem |
| 10662 | """ |
| 10663 | return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 | def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10666 | """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10667 | return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10668 | |
| 10669 | def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10670 | """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10671 | return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10672 | |
| 10673 | def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10674 | """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10675 | return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10676 | |
| 10677 | def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10678 | """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10679 | return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10680 | |
| 10681 | def Prepend(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10682 | """ |
| 10683 | Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString, |
| 10684 | int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem |
| 10685 | """ |
| 10686 | return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10687 | |
| 10688 | def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10689 | """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10690 | return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10691 | |
| 10692 | def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10693 | """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10694 | return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10695 | |
| 10696 | def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10697 | """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10698 | return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10699 | |
| 10700 | def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10701 | """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10702 | return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10703 | |
| 10704 | def Remove(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10705 | """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10706 | return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10707 | |
| 10708 | def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10709 | """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10710 | return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10711 | |
| 10712 | def Delete(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10713 | """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" |
| 10714 | return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10715 | |
| 10716 | def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10717 | """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" |
| 10718 | return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10719 | |
| 10720 | def Destroy(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10721 | """ |
| 10722 | Destroy(self) |
| 10723 | |
| 10724 | Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. |
| 10725 | """ |
| 10726 | args[0].this.own(False) |
| 10727 | return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10728 | |
| 10729 | def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10730 | """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool""" |
| 10731 | return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10732 | |
| 10733 | def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10734 | """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" |
| 10735 | return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10736 | |
| 10737 | def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10738 | """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" |
| 10739 | return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10740 | |
| 10741 | def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10742 | """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" |
| 10743 | return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10744 | |
| 10745 | def FindItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10746 | """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" |
| 10747 | return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10748 | |
| 10749 | def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10750 | """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10751 | return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10752 | |
| 10753 | def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10754 | """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10755 | return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10756 | |
| 10757 | def Enable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10758 | """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" |
| 10759 | return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10760 | |
| 10761 | def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10762 | """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" |
| 10763 | return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10764 | |
| 10765 | def Check(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10766 | """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" |
| 10767 | return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10768 | |
| 10769 | def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10770 | """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" |
| 10771 | return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10772 | |
| 10773 | def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10774 | """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" |
| 10775 | return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10776 | |
| 10777 | def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10778 | """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" |
| 10779 | return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10780 | |
| 10781 | def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10782 | """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" |
| 10783 | return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10784 | |
| 10785 | def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10786 | """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" |
| 10787 | return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10788 | |
| 10789 | def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10790 | """SetTitle(self, String title)""" |
| 10791 | return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10792 | |
| 10793 | def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10794 | """GetTitle(self) -> String""" |
| 10795 | return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10796 | |
| 10797 | def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10798 | """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" |
| 10799 | return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10800 | |
| 10801 | def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10802 | """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" |
| 10803 | return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10804 | |
| 10805 | def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10806 | """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" |
| 10807 | return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10808 | |
| 10809 | def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10810 | """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" |
| 10811 | return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10812 | |
| 10813 | def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10814 | """GetStyle(self) -> long""" |
| 10815 | return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10816 | |
| 10817 | def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10818 | """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" |
| 10819 | return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10820 | |
| 10821 | def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10822 | """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" |
| 10823 | return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10824 | |
| 10825 | def Attach(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10826 | """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" |
| 10827 | return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10828 | |
| 10829 | def Detach(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10830 | """Detach(self)""" |
| 10831 | return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10832 | |
| 10833 | def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10834 | """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" |
| 10835 | return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10836 | |
| 10837 | def SetParent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10838 | """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" |
| 10839 | return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10840 | |
| 10841 | def GetParent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10842 | """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" |
| 10843 | return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10844 | |
| 10845 | EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`") |
| 10846 | HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`") |
| 10847 | InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`") |
| 10848 | MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`") |
| 10849 | MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`") |
| 10850 | MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`") |
| 10851 | Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`") |
| 10852 | Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`") |
| 10853 | Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`") |
| 10854 | _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu) |
| 10855 | DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator |
| 10856 | |
| 10857 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10858 | |
| 10859 | class MenuBar(Window): |
| 10860 | """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" |
| 10861 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 10862 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 10863 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 10864 | """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" |
| 10865 | _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 10866 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 10867 | |
| 10868 | def Append(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10869 | """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" |
| 10870 | return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10871 | |
| 10872 | def Insert(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10873 | """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" |
| 10874 | return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10875 | |
| 10876 | def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10877 | """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" |
| 10878 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10879 | |
| 10880 | def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10881 | """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" |
| 10882 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10883 | |
| 10884 | def Replace(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10885 | """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" |
| 10886 | return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10887 | |
| 10888 | def Remove(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10889 | """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" |
| 10890 | return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10891 | |
| 10892 | def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10893 | """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" |
| 10894 | return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10895 | |
| 10896 | def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10897 | """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" |
| 10898 | return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10899 | |
| 10900 | def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10901 | """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" |
| 10902 | return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10903 | |
| 10904 | def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10905 | """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" |
| 10906 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10907 | |
| 10908 | def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10909 | """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" |
| 10910 | return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10911 | |
| 10912 | def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10913 | """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" |
| 10914 | return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10915 | |
| 10916 | def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10917 | """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" |
| 10918 | return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10919 | |
| 10920 | def Enable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10921 | """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" |
| 10922 | return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10923 | |
| 10924 | def Check(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10925 | """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" |
| 10926 | return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10927 | |
| 10928 | def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10929 | """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" |
| 10930 | return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10931 | |
| 10932 | def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10933 | """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" |
| 10934 | return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10935 | |
| 10936 | def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10937 | """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" |
| 10938 | return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10939 | |
| 10940 | def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10941 | """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" |
| 10942 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10943 | |
| 10944 | def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10945 | """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" |
| 10946 | return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10947 | |
| 10948 | def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10949 | """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" |
| 10950 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10951 | |
| 10952 | def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10953 | """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" |
| 10954 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10955 | |
| 10956 | def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10957 | """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" |
| 10958 | return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10959 | |
| 10960 | def Attach(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10961 | """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" |
| 10962 | return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10963 | |
| 10964 | def Detach(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10965 | """Detach(self)""" |
| 10966 | return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10967 | |
| 10968 | def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10969 | """UpdateMenus(self)""" |
| 10970 | return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10971 | |
| 10972 | def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10973 | """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" |
| 10974 | return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10975 | |
| 10976 | SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu) |
| 10977 | def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 10978 | """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" |
| 10979 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 10980 | |
| 10981 | GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu) |
| 10982 | def GetMenus(self): |
| 10983 | """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """ |
| 10984 | return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i)) |
| 10985 | for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())] |
| 10986 | |
| 10987 | def SetMenus(self, items): |
| 10988 | """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """ |
| 10989 | for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1): |
| 10990 | self.Remove(i) |
| 10991 | for m, l in items: |
| 10992 | self.Append(m, l) |
| 10993 | |
| 10994 | Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`") |
| 10995 | Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`") |
| 10996 | MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`") |
| 10997 | Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`") |
| 10998 | _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar) |
| 10999 | |
| 11000 | def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11001 | """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" |
| 11002 | return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11003 | |
| 11004 | def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args): |
| 11005 | """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" |
| 11006 | return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args) |
| 11007 | |
| 11008 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11009 | |
| 11010 | class MenuItem(Object): |
| 11011 | """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" |
| 11012 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 11013 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 11014 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 11015 | """ |
| 11016 | __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString, |
| 11017 | String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, |
| 11018 | Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem |
| 11019 | """ |
| 11020 | _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 11021 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem |
| 11022 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 11023 | def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11024 | """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" |
| 11025 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11026 | |
| 11027 | def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11028 | """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" |
| 11029 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11030 | |
| 11031 | def SetId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11032 | """SetId(self, int id)""" |
| 11033 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11034 | |
| 11035 | def GetId(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11036 | """GetId(self) -> int""" |
| 11037 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11038 | |
| 11039 | def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11040 | """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" |
| 11041 | return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11042 | |
| 11043 | def SetText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11044 | """SetText(self, String str)""" |
| 11045 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11046 | |
| 11047 | def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11048 | """GetLabel(self) -> String""" |
| 11049 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11050 | |
| 11051 | def GetText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11052 | """GetText(self) -> String""" |
| 11053 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11054 | |
| 11055 | def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11056 | """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" |
| 11057 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11058 | |
| 11059 | GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText) |
| 11060 | def GetKind(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11061 | """GetKind(self) -> int""" |
| 11062 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11063 | |
| 11064 | def SetKind(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11065 | """SetKind(self, int kind)""" |
| 11066 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11067 | |
| 11068 | def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11069 | """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" |
| 11070 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11071 | |
| 11072 | def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11073 | """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" |
| 11074 | return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11075 | |
| 11076 | def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11077 | """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" |
| 11078 | return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11079 | |
| 11080 | def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11081 | """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" |
| 11082 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11083 | |
| 11084 | def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11085 | """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" |
| 11086 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11087 | |
| 11088 | def Enable(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11089 | """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" |
| 11090 | return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11091 | |
| 11092 | def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11093 | """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" |
| 11094 | return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11095 | |
| 11096 | def Check(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11097 | """Check(self, bool check=True)""" |
| 11098 | return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11099 | |
| 11100 | def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11101 | """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" |
| 11102 | return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11103 | |
| 11104 | def Toggle(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11105 | """Toggle(self)""" |
| 11106 | return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11107 | |
| 11108 | def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11109 | """SetHelp(self, String str)""" |
| 11110 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11111 | |
| 11112 | def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11113 | """GetHelp(self) -> String""" |
| 11114 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11115 | |
| 11116 | def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11117 | """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" |
| 11118 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11119 | |
| 11120 | def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11121 | """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" |
| 11122 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11123 | |
| 11124 | def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11125 | """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" |
| 11126 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11127 | |
| 11128 | def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11129 | """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" |
| 11130 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11131 | |
| 11132 | def SetFont(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11133 | """SetFont(self, Font font)""" |
| 11134 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11135 | |
| 11136 | def GetFont(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11137 | """GetFont(self) -> Font""" |
| 11138 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11139 | |
| 11140 | def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11141 | """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" |
| 11142 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11143 | |
| 11144 | def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11145 | """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" |
| 11146 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11147 | |
| 11148 | def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11149 | """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" |
| 11150 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11151 | |
| 11152 | def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11153 | """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" |
| 11154 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11155 | |
| 11156 | def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11157 | """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" |
| 11158 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11159 | |
| 11160 | def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11161 | """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" |
| 11162 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11163 | |
| 11164 | def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11165 | """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" |
| 11166 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11167 | |
| 11168 | def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11169 | """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" |
| 11170 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11171 | |
| 11172 | def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11173 | """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" |
| 11174 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11175 | |
| 11176 | def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11177 | """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" |
| 11178 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11179 | |
| 11180 | GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth) |
| 11181 | def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11182 | """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" |
| 11183 | return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11184 | |
| 11185 | def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11186 | """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" |
| 11187 | return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11188 | |
| 11189 | def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11190 | """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" |
| 11191 | return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11192 | |
| 11193 | Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`") |
| 11194 | BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`") |
| 11195 | Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`") |
| 11196 | DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`") |
| 11197 | Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`") |
| 11198 | Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`") |
| 11199 | Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`") |
| 11200 | Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`") |
| 11201 | Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`") |
| 11202 | MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`") |
| 11203 | Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`") |
| 11204 | SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`") |
| 11205 | Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`") |
| 11206 | TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`") |
| 11207 | _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem) |
| 11208 | |
| 11209 | def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11210 | """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" |
| 11211 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11212 | |
| 11213 | def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args): |
| 11214 | """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" |
| 11215 | return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args) |
| 11216 | |
| 11217 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11218 | |
| 11219 | class Control(Window): |
| 11220 | """ |
| 11221 | This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. |
| 11222 | |
| 11223 | A control is generally a small window which processes user input |
| 11224 | and/or displays one or more item of data. |
| 11225 | """ |
| 11226 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 11227 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 11228 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 11229 | """ |
| 11230 | __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, |
| 11231 | Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator, |
| 11232 | String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control |
| 11233 | |
| 11234 | Create a Control. Normally you should only call this from a subclass' |
| 11235 | __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. |
| 11236 | """ |
| 11237 | _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 11238 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 11239 | |
| 11240 | def Create(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11241 | """ |
| 11242 | Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, |
| 11243 | Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator, |
| 11244 | String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool |
| 11245 | |
| 11246 | Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. |
| 11247 | """ |
| 11248 | return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11249 | |
| 11250 | def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11251 | """ |
| 11252 | GetAlignment(self) -> int |
| 11253 | |
| 11254 | Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre) |
| 11255 | """ |
| 11256 | return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11257 | |
| 11258 | def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11259 | """ |
| 11260 | GetLabelText(self) -> String |
| 11261 | |
| 11262 | Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&') |
| 11263 | """ |
| 11264 | return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11265 | |
| 11266 | def Command(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11267 | """ |
| 11268 | Command(self, CommandEvent event) |
| 11269 | |
| 11270 | Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. |
| 11271 | |
| 11272 | :see: `wx.CommandEvent` |
| 11273 | |
| 11274 | """ |
| 11275 | return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11276 | |
| 11277 | def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11278 | """ |
| 11279 | GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes |
| 11280 | |
| 11281 | Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want |
| 11282 | to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard |
| 11283 | control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific |
| 11284 | colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the |
| 11285 | user's system, especially if it uses themes. |
| 11286 | |
| 11287 | The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is |
| 11288 | ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of |
| 11289 | the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about |
| 11290 | this. |
| 11291 | """ |
| 11292 | return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11293 | |
| 11294 | GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes) |
| 11295 | Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`") |
| 11296 | LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`") |
| 11297 | _core_.Control_swigregister(Control) |
| 11298 | ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr |
| 11299 | |
| 11300 | def PreControl(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11301 | """ |
| 11302 | PreControl() -> Control |
| 11303 | |
| 11304 | Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation |
| 11305 | """ |
| 11306 | val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11307 | return val |
| 11308 | |
| 11309 | def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11310 | """ |
| 11311 | Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes |
| 11312 | |
| 11313 | Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want |
| 11314 | to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard |
| 11315 | control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific |
| 11316 | colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the |
| 11317 | user's system, especially if it uses themes. |
| 11318 | |
| 11319 | The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is |
| 11320 | ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of |
| 11321 | the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about |
| 11322 | this. |
| 11323 | """ |
| 11324 | return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11325 | |
| 11326 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11327 | |
| 11328 | class ItemContainer(object): |
| 11329 | """ |
| 11330 | The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented |
| 11331 | by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be |
| 11332 | selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well |
| 11333 | as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from |
| 11334 | this one. |
| 11335 | |
| 11336 | It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although |
| 11337 | each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still |
| 11338 | all conform to the same interface. |
| 11339 | |
| 11340 | The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, |
| 11341 | optionally, client data associated with them. |
| 11342 | |
| 11343 | """ |
| 11344 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 11345 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 11346 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 11347 | def Append(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11348 | """ |
| 11349 | Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int |
| 11350 | |
| 11351 | Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item |
| 11352 | if not None. The return value is the index of the newly added item |
| 11353 | which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. |
| 11354 | has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). |
| 11355 | """ |
| 11356 | return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11357 | |
| 11358 | def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11359 | """ |
| 11360 | AppendItems(self, List strings) |
| 11361 | |
| 11362 | Apend several items at once to the control. Notice that calling this |
| 11363 | method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you |
| 11364 | need to add a lot of items. |
| 11365 | """ |
| 11366 | return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11367 | |
| 11368 | def Insert(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11369 | """ |
| 11370 | Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int |
| 11371 | |
| 11372 | Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, |
| 11373 | optionally associating some data object with the item. |
| 11374 | """ |
| 11375 | return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11376 | |
| 11377 | def Clear(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11378 | """ |
| 11379 | Clear(self) |
| 11380 | |
| 11381 | Removes all items from the control. |
| 11382 | """ |
| 11383 | return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11384 | |
| 11385 | def Delete(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11386 | """ |
| 11387 | Delete(self, unsigned int n) |
| 11388 | |
| 11389 | Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note |
| 11390 | that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if |
| 11391 | enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal |
| 11392 | than the number of items in the control. |
| 11393 | """ |
| 11394 | return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11395 | |
| 11396 | def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11397 | """ |
| 11398 | GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject |
| 11399 | |
| 11400 | Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) |
| 11401 | """ |
| 11402 | return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11403 | |
| 11404 | def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11405 | """ |
| 11406 | SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData) |
| 11407 | |
| 11408 | Associate the given client data with the item at position n. |
| 11409 | """ |
| 11410 | return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11411 | |
| 11412 | def GetCount(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11413 | """ |
| 11414 | GetCount(self) -> unsigned int |
| 11415 | |
| 11416 | Returns the number of items in the control. |
| 11417 | """ |
| 11418 | return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11419 | |
| 11420 | def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11421 | """ |
| 11422 | IsEmpty(self) -> bool |
| 11423 | |
| 11424 | Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. |
| 11425 | """ |
| 11426 | return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11427 | |
| 11428 | def GetString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11429 | """ |
| 11430 | GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String |
| 11431 | |
| 11432 | Returns the label of the item with the given index. |
| 11433 | """ |
| 11434 | return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11435 | |
| 11436 | def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11437 | """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" |
| 11438 | return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11439 | |
| 11440 | def SetString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11441 | """ |
| 11442 | SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s) |
| 11443 | |
| 11444 | Sets the label for the given item. |
| 11445 | """ |
| 11446 | return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11447 | |
| 11448 | def FindString(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11449 | """ |
| 11450 | FindString(self, String s) -> int |
| 11451 | |
| 11452 | Finds an item whose label matches the given string. Returns the |
| 11453 | zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not |
| 11454 | found. |
| 11455 | """ |
| 11456 | return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11457 | |
| 11458 | def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11459 | """ |
| 11460 | SetSelection(self, int n) |
| 11461 | |
| 11462 | Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. |
| 11463 | """ |
| 11464 | return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11465 | |
| 11466 | def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11467 | """ |
| 11468 | GetSelection(self) -> int |
| 11469 | |
| 11470 | Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item |
| 11471 | is selected. |
| 11472 | """ |
| 11473 | return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11474 | |
| 11475 | def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11476 | """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" |
| 11477 | return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11478 | |
| 11479 | def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11480 | """ |
| 11481 | GetStringSelection(self) -> String |
| 11482 | |
| 11483 | Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item |
| 11484 | is selected. |
| 11485 | """ |
| 11486 | return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11487 | |
| 11488 | def Select(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11489 | """ |
| 11490 | Select(self, int n) |
| 11491 | |
| 11492 | This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is |
| 11493 | slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. |
| 11494 | """ |
| 11495 | return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11496 | |
| 11497 | def GetItems(self): |
| 11498 | """Return a list of the strings in the control""" |
| 11499 | return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())] |
| 11500 | |
| 11501 | def SetItems(self, items): |
| 11502 | """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list""" |
| 11503 | self.Clear() |
| 11504 | for i in items: |
| 11505 | self.Append(i) |
| 11506 | |
| 11507 | Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`") |
| 11508 | Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`") |
| 11509 | Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`") |
| 11510 | StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`") |
| 11511 | Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`") |
| 11512 | _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer) |
| 11513 | |
| 11514 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11515 | |
| 11516 | class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer): |
| 11517 | """ |
| 11518 | wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the |
| 11519 | wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls |
| 11520 | that have items. |
| 11521 | """ |
| 11522 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 11523 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 11524 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 11525 | _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems) |
| 11526 | |
| 11527 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11528 | |
| 11529 | class SizerItem(Object): |
| 11530 | """ |
| 11531 | The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other |
| 11532 | attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually |
| 11533 | necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be |
| 11534 | identified by their positions or window or sizer references but |
| 11535 | sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly. |
| 11536 | Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to |
| 11537 | use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating |
| 11538 | layout. |
| 11539 | |
| 11540 | :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` |
| 11541 | """ |
| 11542 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 11543 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 11544 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 11545 | """ |
| 11546 | __init__(self) -> SizerItem |
| 11547 | |
| 11548 | Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer |
| 11549 | size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. |
| 11550 | |
| 11551 | You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they |
| 11552 | are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend |
| 11553 | methods are called. |
| 11554 | |
| 11555 | :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` |
| 11556 | """ |
| 11557 | _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 11558 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem |
| 11559 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 11560 | def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11561 | """ |
| 11562 | DeleteWindows(self) |
| 11563 | |
| 11564 | Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type |
| 11565 | of item. |
| 11566 | """ |
| 11567 | return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11568 | |
| 11569 | def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11570 | """ |
| 11571 | DetachSizer(self) |
| 11572 | |
| 11573 | Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. |
| 11574 | """ |
| 11575 | return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11576 | |
| 11577 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11578 | """ |
| 11579 | GetSize(self) -> Size |
| 11580 | |
| 11581 | Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. |
| 11582 | """ |
| 11583 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11584 | |
| 11585 | def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11586 | """ |
| 11587 | CalcMin(self) -> Size |
| 11588 | |
| 11589 | Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space |
| 11590 | needed by borders. |
| 11591 | """ |
| 11592 | return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11593 | |
| 11594 | def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11595 | """ |
| 11596 | SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) |
| 11597 | |
| 11598 | Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the |
| 11599 | sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or |
| 11600 | subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into |
| 11601 | account. |
| 11602 | """ |
| 11603 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11604 | |
| 11605 | def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11606 | """ |
| 11607 | GetMinSize(self) -> Size |
| 11608 | |
| 11609 | Get the minimum size needed for the item. |
| 11610 | """ |
| 11611 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11612 | |
| 11613 | def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11614 | """ |
| 11615 | GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size |
| 11616 | |
| 11617 | Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders |
| 11618 | added, if needed. |
| 11619 | """ |
| 11620 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11621 | |
| 11622 | def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11623 | """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" |
| 11624 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11625 | |
| 11626 | def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11627 | """ |
| 11628 | SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) |
| 11629 | |
| 11630 | Set the ratio item attribute. |
| 11631 | """ |
| 11632 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11633 | |
| 11634 | def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11635 | """ |
| 11636 | SetRatioSize(self, Size size) |
| 11637 | |
| 11638 | Set the ratio item attribute. |
| 11639 | """ |
| 11640 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11641 | |
| 11642 | def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11643 | """ |
| 11644 | SetRatio(self, float ratio) |
| 11645 | |
| 11646 | Set the ratio item attribute. |
| 11647 | """ |
| 11648 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11649 | |
| 11650 | def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11651 | """ |
| 11652 | GetRatio(self) -> float |
| 11653 | |
| 11654 | Set the ratio item attribute. |
| 11655 | """ |
| 11656 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11657 | |
| 11658 | def GetRect(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11659 | """ |
| 11660 | GetRect(self) -> Rect |
| 11661 | |
| 11662 | Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy |
| 11663 | """ |
| 11664 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11665 | |
| 11666 | def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11667 | """ |
| 11668 | IsWindow(self) -> bool |
| 11669 | |
| 11670 | Is this sizer item a window? |
| 11671 | """ |
| 11672 | return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11673 | |
| 11674 | def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11675 | """ |
| 11676 | IsSizer(self) -> bool |
| 11677 | |
| 11678 | Is this sizer item a subsizer? |
| 11679 | """ |
| 11680 | return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11681 | |
| 11682 | def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11683 | """ |
| 11684 | IsSpacer(self) -> bool |
| 11685 | |
| 11686 | Is this sizer item a spacer? |
| 11687 | """ |
| 11688 | return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11689 | |
| 11690 | def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11691 | """ |
| 11692 | SetProportion(self, int proportion) |
| 11693 | |
| 11694 | Set the proportion value for this item. |
| 11695 | """ |
| 11696 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11697 | |
| 11698 | def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11699 | """ |
| 11700 | GetProportion(self) -> int |
| 11701 | |
| 11702 | Get the proportion value for this item. |
| 11703 | """ |
| 11704 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11705 | |
| 11706 | SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.") |
| 11707 | GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.") |
| 11708 | def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11709 | """ |
| 11710 | SetFlag(self, int flag) |
| 11711 | |
| 11712 | Set the flag value for this item. |
| 11713 | """ |
| 11714 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11715 | |
| 11716 | def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11717 | """ |
| 11718 | GetFlag(self) -> int |
| 11719 | |
| 11720 | Get the flag value for this item. |
| 11721 | """ |
| 11722 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11723 | |
| 11724 | def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11725 | """ |
| 11726 | SetBorder(self, int border) |
| 11727 | |
| 11728 | Set the border value for this item. |
| 11729 | """ |
| 11730 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11731 | |
| 11732 | def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11733 | """ |
| 11734 | GetBorder(self) -> int |
| 11735 | |
| 11736 | Get the border value for this item. |
| 11737 | """ |
| 11738 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11739 | |
| 11740 | def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11741 | """ |
| 11742 | GetWindow(self) -> Window |
| 11743 | |
| 11744 | Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. |
| 11745 | """ |
| 11746 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11747 | |
| 11748 | def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11749 | """ |
| 11750 | SetWindow(self, Window window) |
| 11751 | |
| 11752 | Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. |
| 11753 | """ |
| 11754 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11755 | |
| 11756 | def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11757 | """ |
| 11758 | GetSizer(self) -> Sizer |
| 11759 | |
| 11760 | Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. |
| 11761 | """ |
| 11762 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11763 | |
| 11764 | def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11765 | """ |
| 11766 | SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) |
| 11767 | |
| 11768 | Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. |
| 11769 | """ |
| 11770 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11771 | |
| 11772 | def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11773 | """ |
| 11774 | GetSpacer(self) -> Size |
| 11775 | |
| 11776 | Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. |
| 11777 | """ |
| 11778 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11779 | |
| 11780 | def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11781 | """ |
| 11782 | SetSpacer(self, Size size) |
| 11783 | |
| 11784 | Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. |
| 11785 | """ |
| 11786 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11787 | |
| 11788 | def Show(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11789 | """ |
| 11790 | Show(self, bool show) |
| 11791 | |
| 11792 | Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item |
| 11793 | is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a |
| 11794 | window then it is shown or hidden as needed. |
| 11795 | """ |
| 11796 | return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11797 | |
| 11798 | def IsShown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11799 | """ |
| 11800 | IsShown(self) -> bool |
| 11801 | |
| 11802 | Is the item to be shown in the layout? |
| 11803 | """ |
| 11804 | return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11805 | |
| 11806 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11807 | """ |
| 11808 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 11809 | |
| 11810 | Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. |
| 11811 | """ |
| 11812 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11813 | |
| 11814 | def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11815 | """ |
| 11816 | GetUserData(self) -> PyObject |
| 11817 | |
| 11818 | Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there |
| 11819 | isn't any. |
| 11820 | """ |
| 11821 | return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11822 | |
| 11823 | def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11824 | """ |
| 11825 | SetUserData(self, PyObject userData) |
| 11826 | |
| 11827 | Associate a Python object with this sizer item. |
| 11828 | """ |
| 11829 | return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11830 | |
| 11831 | Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`") |
| 11832 | Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`") |
| 11833 | MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`") |
| 11834 | MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`") |
| 11835 | Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`") |
| 11836 | Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`") |
| 11837 | Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`") |
| 11838 | Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`") |
| 11839 | Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`") |
| 11840 | Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`") |
| 11841 | Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`") |
| 11842 | UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`") |
| 11843 | Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`") |
| 11844 | _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem) |
| 11845 | |
| 11846 | def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11847 | """ |
| 11848 | SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border, |
| 11849 | PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem |
| 11850 | |
| 11851 | Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. |
| 11852 | """ |
| 11853 | val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11854 | return val |
| 11855 | |
| 11856 | def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11857 | """ |
| 11858 | SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, |
| 11859 | PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem |
| 11860 | |
| 11861 | Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. |
| 11862 | """ |
| 11863 | val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11864 | return val |
| 11865 | |
| 11866 | def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11867 | """ |
| 11868 | SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, |
| 11869 | PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem |
| 11870 | |
| 11871 | Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer |
| 11872 | """ |
| 11873 | val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11874 | return val |
| 11875 | |
| 11876 | class Sizer(Object): |
| 11877 | """ |
| 11878 | wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in |
| 11879 | a window. You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to |
| 11880 | use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, |
| 11881 | `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and |
| 11882 | `wx.GridBagSizer`. |
| 11883 | |
| 11884 | The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to |
| 11885 | layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK |
| 11886 | toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual |
| 11887 | subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to |
| 11888 | get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will |
| 11889 | most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of |
| 11890 | a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and |
| 11891 | this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in |
| 11892 | turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, |
| 11893 | empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be |
| 11894 | constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus |
| 11895 | do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources |
| 11896 | compared to a real window on screen. |
| 11897 | |
| 11898 | What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that |
| 11899 | every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can |
| 11900 | handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) |
| 11901 | sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the |
| 11902 | standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires |
| 11903 | more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a |
| 11904 | sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. |
| 11905 | """ |
| 11906 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 11907 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 11908 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 11909 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer |
| 11910 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 11911 | def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11912 | """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" |
| 11913 | return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11914 | |
| 11915 | def Add(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11916 | """ |
| 11917 | Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, |
| 11918 | PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem |
| 11919 | |
| 11920 | Appends a child item to the sizer. |
| 11921 | """ |
| 11922 | return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11923 | |
| 11924 | def Insert(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11925 | """ |
| 11926 | Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, |
| 11927 | PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem |
| 11928 | |
| 11929 | Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before |
| 11930 | the item at index *before*. See `Add` for a description of the parameters. |
| 11931 | """ |
| 11932 | return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11933 | |
| 11934 | def Prepend(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11935 | """ |
| 11936 | Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, |
| 11937 | PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem |
| 11938 | |
| 11939 | Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by |
| 11940 | this sizer. See `Add` for a description of the parameters. |
| 11941 | """ |
| 11942 | return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11943 | |
| 11944 | def Remove(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11945 | """ |
| 11946 | Remove(self, item) -> bool |
| 11947 | |
| 11948 | Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it. This method does not |
| 11949 | cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update |
| 11950 | the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer. The |
| 11951 | *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based |
| 11952 | index of an item to remove. Returns True if the child item was found |
| 11953 | and removed. |
| 11954 | """ |
| 11955 | return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11956 | |
| 11957 | def Detach(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11958 | """ |
| 11959 | Detach(self, item) -> bool |
| 11960 | |
| 11961 | Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it. This method |
| 11962 | does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to |
| 11963 | do so. The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the |
| 11964 | zero-based index of the item to be detached. Returns True if the child item |
| 11965 | was found and detached. |
| 11966 | """ |
| 11967 | return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11968 | |
| 11969 | def GetItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11970 | """ |
| 11971 | GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem |
| 11972 | |
| 11973 | Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given. The *item* |
| 11974 | parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of |
| 11975 | the item to be found. |
| 11976 | """ |
| 11977 | return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11978 | |
| 11979 | def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11980 | """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" |
| 11981 | return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11982 | |
| 11983 | def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11984 | """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool""" |
| 11985 | return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11986 | |
| 11987 | def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11988 | """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool""" |
| 11989 | return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11990 | |
| 11991 | def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 11992 | """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool""" |
| 11993 | return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 11994 | |
| 11995 | def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False): |
| 11996 | """ |
| 11997 | Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with |
| 11998 | ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`. The |
| 11999 | detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because |
| 12000 | windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.) The |
| 12001 | ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given |
| 12002 | element recursivly in subsizers. |
| 12003 | |
| 12004 | This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, |
| 12005 | call `Layout` to do so. |
| 12006 | |
| 12007 | Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed. |
| 12008 | """ |
| 12009 | if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window): |
| 12010 | return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive) |
| 12011 | elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer): |
| 12012 | return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive) |
| 12013 | elif isinstnace(olditem, int): |
| 12014 | return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item) |
| 12015 | else: |
| 12016 | raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.") |
| 12017 | |
| 12018 | def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12019 | """ |
| 12020 | SetContainingWindow(self, Window window) |
| 12021 | |
| 12022 | Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in. |
| 12023 | """ |
| 12024 | return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12025 | |
| 12026 | def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12027 | """ |
| 12028 | GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window |
| 12029 | |
| 12030 | Get the window this sizer is used in. |
| 12031 | """ |
| 12032 | return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12033 | |
| 12034 | def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args): |
| 12035 | """ |
| 12036 | SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) |
| 12037 | |
| 12038 | Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. |
| 12039 | The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the |
| 12040 | zero-based index of the item. If a window or sizer is given then it |
| 12041 | will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. |
| 12042 | """ |
| 12043 | if len(args) == 2: |
| 12044 | # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too |
| 12045 | return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args) |
| 12046 | else: |
| 12047 | return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0]) |
| 12048 | |
| 12049 | def AddItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12050 | """ |
| 12051 | AddItem(self, SizerItem item) |
| 12052 | |
| 12053 | Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. |
| 12054 | """ |
| 12055 | return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12056 | |
| 12057 | def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12058 | """ |
| 12059 | InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) |
| 12060 | |
| 12061 | Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. |
| 12062 | """ |
| 12063 | return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12064 | |
| 12065 | def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12066 | """ |
| 12067 | PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) |
| 12068 | |
| 12069 | Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. |
| 12070 | """ |
| 12071 | return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12072 | |
| 12073 | def AddMany(self, items): |
| 12074 | """ |
| 12075 | AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items |
| 12076 | to a sizer at one time. Simply pass it a list of tuples, |
| 12077 | where each tuple consists of the parameters that you |
| 12078 | would normally pass to the `Add` method. |
| 12079 | """ |
| 12080 | for item in items: |
| 12081 | if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)): |
| 12082 | item = (item, ) |
| 12083 | self.Add(*item) |
| 12084 | |
| 12085 | def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12086 | """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem |
| 12087 | |
| 12088 | Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels. |
| 12089 | """ |
| 12090 | if args and type(args[0]) == int: |
| 12091 | return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0) |
| 12092 | else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer |
| 12093 | return self.Add(*args, **kw) |
| 12094 | def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12095 | """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem |
| 12096 | |
| 12097 | Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels.""" |
| 12098 | if args and type(args[0]) == int: |
| 12099 | return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0) |
| 12100 | else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer |
| 12101 | return self.Prepend(*args, **kw) |
| 12102 | def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw): |
| 12103 | """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem |
| 12104 | |
| 12105 | Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels.""" |
| 12106 | if args and type(args[0]) == int: |
| 12107 | return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0) |
| 12108 | else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer |
| 12109 | return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw) |
| 12110 | |
| 12111 | |
| 12112 | def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1): |
| 12113 | """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem |
| 12114 | |
| 12115 | Add a stretchable spacer.""" |
| 12116 | return self.Add((0,0), prop) |
| 12117 | def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1): |
| 12118 | """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem |
| 12119 | |
| 12120 | Prepend a stretchable spacer.""" |
| 12121 | return self.Prepend((0,0), prop) |
| 12122 | def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1): |
| 12123 | """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem |
| 12124 | |
| 12125 | Insert a stretchable spacer.""" |
| 12126 | return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop) |
| 12127 | |
| 12128 | |
| 12129 | # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code |
| 12130 | def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12131 | """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" |
| 12132 | return self.Add(*args, **kw) |
| 12133 | def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12134 | """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" |
| 12135 | return self.Add(*args, **kw) |
| 12136 | |
| 12137 | def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12138 | """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" |
| 12139 | return self.Prepend(*args, **kw) |
| 12140 | def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12141 | """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" |
| 12142 | return self.Prepend(*args, **kw) |
| 12143 | |
| 12144 | def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12145 | """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" |
| 12146 | return self.Insert(*args, **kw) |
| 12147 | def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12148 | """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" |
| 12149 | return self.Insert(*args, **kw) |
| 12150 | |
| 12151 | def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12152 | """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" |
| 12153 | return self.Remove(*args, **kw) |
| 12154 | def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12155 | """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" |
| 12156 | return self.Remove(*args, **kw) |
| 12157 | def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw): |
| 12158 | """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" |
| 12159 | return self.Remove(*args, **kw) |
| 12160 | |
| 12161 | |
| 12162 | def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12163 | """ |
| 12164 | SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
| 12165 | |
| 12166 | Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus |
| 12167 | force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to |
| 12168 | the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` |
| 12169 | methods. |
| 12170 | """ |
| 12171 | return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12172 | |
| 12173 | def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12174 | """ |
| 12175 | SetMinSize(self, Size size) |
| 12176 | |
| 12177 | Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will |
| 12178 | calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children |
| 12179 | need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the |
| 12180 | minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set |
| 12181 | here, depending on which is bigger. |
| 12182 | """ |
| 12183 | return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12184 | |
| 12185 | def GetSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12186 | """ |
| 12187 | GetSize(self) -> Size |
| 12188 | |
| 12189 | Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. |
| 12190 | """ |
| 12191 | return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12192 | |
| 12193 | def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12194 | """ |
| 12195 | GetPosition(self) -> Point |
| 12196 | |
| 12197 | Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. |
| 12198 | """ |
| 12199 | return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12200 | |
| 12201 | def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12202 | """ |
| 12203 | GetMinSize(self) -> Size |
| 12204 | |
| 12205 | Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined |
| 12206 | minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size |
| 12207 | set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. |
| 12208 | """ |
| 12209 | return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12210 | |
| 12211 | def GetSizeTuple(self): |
| 12212 | return self.GetSize().Get() |
| 12213 | def GetPositionTuple(self): |
| 12214 | return self.GetPosition().Get() |
| 12215 | def GetMinSizeTuple(self): |
| 12216 | return self.GetMinSize().Get() |
| 12217 | |
| 12218 | def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12219 | """ |
| 12220 | RecalcSizes(self) |
| 12221 | |
| 12222 | Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the |
| 12223 | items managed by this sizer. You should not need to call this directly as |
| 12224 | it is called by `Layout`. |
| 12225 | """ |
| 12226 | return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12227 | |
| 12228 | def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12229 | """ |
| 12230 | CalcMin(self) -> Size |
| 12231 | |
| 12232 | This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its |
| 12233 | children's minimal sizes. You should not need to call this directly as |
| 12234 | it is called by `Layout`. |
| 12235 | """ |
| 12236 | return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12237 | |
| 12238 | def Layout(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12239 | """ |
| 12240 | Layout(self) |
| 12241 | |
| 12242 | This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items |
| 12243 | controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the |
| 12244 | sizer. Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's |
| 12245 | EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when |
| 12246 | one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or |
| 12247 | removed. |
| 12248 | """ |
| 12249 | return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12250 | |
| 12251 | def Fit(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12252 | """ |
| 12253 | Fit(self, Window window) -> Size |
| 12254 | |
| 12255 | Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal |
| 12256 | size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in |
| 12257 | order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as |
| 12258 | determined by the sizer. Returns the new size. |
| 12259 | |
| 12260 | For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. |
| 12261 | """ |
| 12262 | return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12263 | |
| 12264 | def FitInside(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12265 | """ |
| 12266 | FitInside(self, Window window) |
| 12267 | |
| 12268 | Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the |
| 12269 | sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the |
| 12270 | window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars |
| 12271 | required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. |
| 12272 | |
| 12273 | :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` |
| 12274 | |
| 12275 | """ |
| 12276 | return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12277 | |
| 12278 | def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12279 | """ |
| 12280 | SetSizeHints(self, Window window) |
| 12281 | |
| 12282 | Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to |
| 12283 | match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the |
| 12284 | constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are |
| 12285 | many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order |
| 12286 | to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size |
| 12287 | required by the sizer. |
| 12288 | """ |
| 12289 | return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12290 | |
| 12291 | def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12292 | """ |
| 12293 | SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) |
| 12294 | |
| 12295 | Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to |
| 12296 | match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars |
| 12297 | this will set them appropriately. |
| 12298 | |
| 12299 | :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` |
| 12300 | |
| 12301 | """ |
| 12302 | return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12303 | |
| 12304 | def Clear(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12305 | """ |
| 12306 | Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) |
| 12307 | |
| 12308 | Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items |
| 12309 | as well. |
| 12310 | """ |
| 12311 | return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12312 | |
| 12313 | def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12314 | """ |
| 12315 | DeleteWindows(self) |
| 12316 | |
| 12317 | Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. |
| 12318 | """ |
| 12319 | return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12320 | |
| 12321 | def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12322 | """ |
| 12323 | GetChildren(self) -> list |
| 12324 | |
| 12325 | Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. |
| 12326 | """ |
| 12327 | return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12328 | |
| 12329 | def Show(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12330 | """ |
| 12331 | Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool |
| 12332 | |
| 12333 | Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer. To make a sizer item |
| 12334 | disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item* |
| 12335 | parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of |
| 12336 | the item. Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a |
| 12337 | subsizer. Returns True if the item was found. |
| 12338 | """ |
| 12339 | return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12340 | |
| 12341 | def IsShown(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12342 | """ |
| 12343 | IsShown(self, item) |
| 12344 | |
| 12345 | Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer |
| 12346 | item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item* |
| 12347 | parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of |
| 12348 | the item. |
| 12349 | """ |
| 12350 | return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12351 | |
| 12352 | def Hide(self, item, recursive=False): |
| 12353 | """ |
| 12354 | A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). |
| 12355 | """ |
| 12356 | return self.Show(item, False, recursive) |
| 12357 | |
| 12358 | def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12359 | """ |
| 12360 | ShowItems(self, bool show) |
| 12361 | |
| 12362 | Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. |
| 12363 | """ |
| 12364 | return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12365 | |
| 12366 | Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`") |
| 12367 | ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`") |
| 12368 | MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`") |
| 12369 | Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`") |
| 12370 | Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`") |
| 12371 | _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer) |
| 12372 | |
| 12373 | class PySizer(Sizer): |
| 12374 | """ |
| 12375 | wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been |
| 12376 | instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in |
| 12377 | Python derived classes. You would derive from this class if you are |
| 12378 | wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code. Simply implement |
| 12379 | `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. |
| 12380 | For example:: |
| 12381 | |
| 12382 | class MySizer(wx.PySizer): |
| 12383 | def __init__(self): |
| 12384 | wx.PySizer.__init__(self) |
| 12385 | |
| 12386 | def CalcMin(self): |
| 12387 | for item in self.GetChildren(): |
| 12388 | # calculate the total minimum width and height needed |
| 12389 | # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's |
| 12390 | # layout algorithm. |
| 12391 | ... |
| 12392 | return wx.Size(width, height) |
| 12393 | |
| 12394 | def RecalcSizes(self): |
| 12395 | # find the space allotted to this sizer |
| 12396 | pos = self.GetPosition() |
| 12397 | size = self.GetSize() |
| 12398 | for item in self.GetChildren(): |
| 12399 | # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of |
| 12400 | # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the |
| 12401 | # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the |
| 12402 | # space alloted to this sizer. |
| 12403 | ... |
| 12404 | item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) |
| 12405 | |
| 12406 | |
| 12407 | When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by |
| 12408 | `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of |
| 12409 | `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. |
| 12410 | |
| 12411 | :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` |
| 12412 | |
| 12413 | |
| 12414 | """ |
| 12415 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12416 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12417 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12418 | """ |
| 12419 | __init__(self) -> PySizer |
| 12420 | |
| 12421 | Creates a wx.PySizer. Must be called from the __init__ in the derived |
| 12422 | class. |
| 12423 | """ |
| 12424 | _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12425 | self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 12426 | |
| 12427 | def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12428 | """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" |
| 12429 | return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12430 | |
| 12431 | _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer) |
| 12432 | |
| 12433 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 12434 | |
| 12435 | class BoxSizer(Sizer): |
| 12436 | """ |
| 12437 | The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be |
| 12438 | laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a |
| 12439 | column or nested hierarchies of either. A wx.BoxSizer will lay out |
| 12440 | its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation |
| 12441 | parameter passed to the constructor. |
| 12442 | """ |
| 12443 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12444 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12445 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12446 | """ |
| 12447 | __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer |
| 12448 | |
| 12449 | Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` |
| 12450 | or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row |
| 12451 | sizer. |
| 12452 | """ |
| 12453 | _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12454 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 12455 | |
| 12456 | def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12457 | """ |
| 12458 | GetOrientation(self) -> int |
| 12459 | |
| 12460 | Returns the current orientation of the sizer. |
| 12461 | """ |
| 12462 | return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12463 | |
| 12464 | def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12465 | """ |
| 12466 | SetOrientation(self, int orient) |
| 12467 | |
| 12468 | Resets the orientation of the sizer. |
| 12469 | """ |
| 12470 | return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12471 | |
| 12472 | Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`") |
| 12473 | _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer) |
| 12474 | |
| 12475 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 12476 | |
| 12477 | class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer): |
| 12478 | """ |
| 12479 | wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the |
| 12480 | `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer |
| 12481 | manages. Note that this static box must be created separately and |
| 12482 | passed to the sizer constructor. |
| 12483 | """ |
| 12484 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12485 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12486 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12487 | """ |
| 12488 | __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer |
| 12489 | |
| 12490 | Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation |
| 12491 | *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or |
| 12492 | ``wx.HORIZONTAL``. |
| 12493 | """ |
| 12494 | _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12495 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 12496 | |
| 12497 | def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12498 | """ |
| 12499 | GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox |
| 12500 | |
| 12501 | Returns the static box associated with this sizer. |
| 12502 | """ |
| 12503 | return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12504 | |
| 12505 | StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`") |
| 12506 | _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer) |
| 12507 | |
| 12508 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 12509 | |
| 12510 | class GridSizer(Sizer): |
| 12511 | """ |
| 12512 | A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a |
| 12513 | two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size. In other |
| 12514 | words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the |
| 12515 | widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the |
| 12516 | height of the tallest item. An optional vertical and/or horizontal |
| 12517 | gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) |
| 12518 | |
| 12519 | Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, |
| 12520 | in row-major order. In other words, the first row is filled first, |
| 12521 | then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If |
| 12522 | neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.) If you |
| 12523 | need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in |
| 12524 | then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. |
| 12525 | |
| 12526 | """ |
| 12527 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12528 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12529 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12530 | """ |
| 12531 | __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer |
| 12532 | |
| 12533 | Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number |
| 12534 | of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is |
| 12535 | zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in |
| 12536 | the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* |
| 12537 | define extra space between all children. |
| 12538 | """ |
| 12539 | _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12540 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 12541 | |
| 12542 | def SetCols(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12543 | """ |
| 12544 | SetCols(self, int cols) |
| 12545 | |
| 12546 | Sets the number of columns in the sizer. |
| 12547 | """ |
| 12548 | return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12549 | |
| 12550 | def SetRows(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12551 | """ |
| 12552 | SetRows(self, int rows) |
| 12553 | |
| 12554 | Sets the number of rows in the sizer. |
| 12555 | """ |
| 12556 | return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12557 | |
| 12558 | def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12559 | """ |
| 12560 | SetVGap(self, int gap) |
| 12561 | |
| 12562 | Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. |
| 12563 | """ |
| 12564 | return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12565 | |
| 12566 | def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12567 | """ |
| 12568 | SetHGap(self, int gap) |
| 12569 | |
| 12570 | Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer |
| 12571 | """ |
| 12572 | return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12573 | |
| 12574 | def GetCols(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12575 | """ |
| 12576 | GetCols(self) -> int |
| 12577 | |
| 12578 | Returns the number of columns in the sizer. |
| 12579 | """ |
| 12580 | return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12581 | |
| 12582 | def GetRows(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12583 | """ |
| 12584 | GetRows(self) -> int |
| 12585 | |
| 12586 | Returns the number of rows in the sizer. |
| 12587 | """ |
| 12588 | return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12589 | |
| 12590 | def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12591 | """ |
| 12592 | GetVGap(self) -> int |
| 12593 | |
| 12594 | Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. |
| 12595 | """ |
| 12596 | return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12597 | |
| 12598 | def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12599 | """ |
| 12600 | GetHGap(self) -> int |
| 12601 | |
| 12602 | Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. |
| 12603 | """ |
| 12604 | return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12605 | |
| 12606 | def CalcRowsCols(self): |
| 12607 | """ |
| 12608 | CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols) |
| 12609 | |
| 12610 | Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based |
| 12611 | on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified |
| 12612 | in the constructor. |
| 12613 | """ |
| 12614 | nitems = len(self.GetChildren()) |
| 12615 | rows = self.GetRows() |
| 12616 | cols = self.GetCols() |
| 12617 | assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed" |
| 12618 | if cols != 0: |
| 12619 | rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols |
| 12620 | elif rows != 0: |
| 12621 | cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows |
| 12622 | return (rows, cols) |
| 12623 | |
| 12624 | Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`") |
| 12625 | HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`") |
| 12626 | Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`") |
| 12627 | VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`") |
| 12628 | _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer) |
| 12629 | |
| 12630 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 12631 | |
| 12632 | FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE |
| 12633 | FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED |
| 12634 | FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL |
| 12635 | class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer): |
| 12636 | """ |
| 12637 | A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a |
| 12638 | two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same |
| 12639 | height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all |
| 12640 | rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in |
| 12641 | the `wx.GridSizer`. |
| 12642 | |
| 12643 | wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but |
| 12644 | unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible |
| 12645 | in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it |
| 12646 | needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non |
| 12647 | flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The |
| 12648 | `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. |
| 12649 | |
| 12650 | |
| 12651 | """ |
| 12652 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12653 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12654 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12655 | """ |
| 12656 | __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer |
| 12657 | |
| 12658 | Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the |
| 12659 | number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters |
| 12660 | is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in |
| 12661 | the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* |
| 12662 | define extra space between all children. |
| 12663 | """ |
| 12664 | _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12665 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 12666 | |
| 12667 | def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12668 | """ |
| 12669 | AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) |
| 12670 | |
| 12671 | Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there |
| 12672 | is extra space available to the sizer. |
| 12673 | |
| 12674 | The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor |
| 12675 | for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all |
| 12676 | columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). |
| 12677 | """ |
| 12678 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12679 | |
| 12680 | def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12681 | """ |
| 12682 | RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) |
| 12683 | |
| 12684 | Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. |
| 12685 | """ |
| 12686 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12687 | |
| 12688 | def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12689 | """ |
| 12690 | AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) |
| 12691 | |
| 12692 | Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if |
| 12693 | there is extra space available to the sizer. |
| 12694 | |
| 12695 | The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor |
| 12696 | for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all |
| 12697 | columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). |
| 12698 | """ |
| 12699 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12700 | |
| 12701 | def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12702 | """ |
| 12703 | RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) |
| 12704 | |
| 12705 | Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. |
| 12706 | """ |
| 12707 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12708 | |
| 12709 | def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12710 | """ |
| 12711 | SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) |
| 12712 | |
| 12713 | Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, |
| 12714 | or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values. Any |
| 12715 | other value is ignored. |
| 12716 | |
| 12717 | ============== ======================================= |
| 12718 | wx.VERTICAL Rows are flexibly sized. |
| 12719 | wx.HORIZONTAL Columns are flexibly sized. |
| 12720 | wx.BOTH Both rows and columns are flexibly sized |
| 12721 | (this is the default value). |
| 12722 | ============== ======================================= |
| 12723 | |
| 12724 | Note that this method does not trigger relayout. |
| 12725 | |
| 12726 | """ |
| 12727 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12728 | |
| 12729 | def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12730 | """ |
| 12731 | GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int |
| 12732 | |
| 12733 | Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer |
| 12734 | flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). |
| 12735 | |
| 12736 | :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` |
| 12737 | """ |
| 12738 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12739 | |
| 12740 | def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12741 | """ |
| 12742 | SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) |
| 12743 | |
| 12744 | Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if |
| 12745 | there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called |
| 12746 | previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: |
| 12747 | |
| 12748 | ========================== ================================================= |
| 12749 | wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. |
| 12750 | wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with |
| 12751 | `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this |
| 12752 | case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of |
| 12753 | columns or rows (this is the default value). |
| 12754 | wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in |
| 12755 | the non flexible direction, whether they are |
| 12756 | growable or not in the flexbile direction. |
| 12757 | ========================== ================================================= |
| 12758 | |
| 12759 | Note that this method does not trigger relayout. |
| 12760 | """ |
| 12761 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12762 | |
| 12763 | def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12764 | """ |
| 12765 | GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int |
| 12766 | |
| 12767 | Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the |
| 12768 | non-flexible direction if there is one. |
| 12769 | |
| 12770 | :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` |
| 12771 | """ |
| 12772 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12773 | |
| 12774 | def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12775 | """ |
| 12776 | GetRowHeights(self) -> list |
| 12777 | |
| 12778 | Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the |
| 12779 | rows in the sizer. |
| 12780 | """ |
| 12781 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12782 | |
| 12783 | def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12784 | """ |
| 12785 | GetColWidths(self) -> list |
| 12786 | |
| 12787 | Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the |
| 12788 | columns in the sizer. |
| 12789 | """ |
| 12790 | return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12791 | |
| 12792 | ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`") |
| 12793 | FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`") |
| 12794 | NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`") |
| 12795 | RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`") |
| 12796 | _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer) |
| 12797 | |
| 12798 | class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer): |
| 12799 | """ |
| 12800 | A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons |
| 12801 | in order to conform to the current platform's standards. You simply |
| 12802 | need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the |
| 12803 | buttons using the standard ID's. Then call `Realize` and the sizer |
| 12804 | will take care of the rest. |
| 12805 | |
| 12806 | """ |
| 12807 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12808 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12809 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12810 | """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" |
| 12811 | _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12812 | def AddButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12813 | """ |
| 12814 | AddButton(self, wxButton button) |
| 12815 | |
| 12816 | Use this to add the buttons to this sizer. Do not use the `Add` |
| 12817 | method in the base class. |
| 12818 | """ |
| 12819 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12820 | |
| 12821 | def Realize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12822 | """ |
| 12823 | Realize(self) |
| 12824 | |
| 12825 | This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added |
| 12826 | to the sizer. It will reorder them and position them in a platform |
| 12827 | specifc manner. |
| 12828 | """ |
| 12829 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12830 | |
| 12831 | def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12832 | """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" |
| 12833 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12834 | |
| 12835 | def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12836 | """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" |
| 12837 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12838 | |
| 12839 | def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12840 | """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" |
| 12841 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12842 | |
| 12843 | def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12844 | """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" |
| 12845 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12846 | |
| 12847 | def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12848 | """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" |
| 12849 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12850 | |
| 12851 | def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12852 | """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" |
| 12853 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12854 | |
| 12855 | def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12856 | """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" |
| 12857 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12858 | |
| 12859 | def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12860 | """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" |
| 12861 | return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12862 | |
| 12863 | AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`") |
| 12864 | ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`") |
| 12865 | CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`") |
| 12866 | HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`") |
| 12867 | NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`") |
| 12868 | _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer) |
| 12869 | |
| 12870 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 12871 | |
| 12872 | class GBPosition(object): |
| 12873 | """ |
| 12874 | This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of |
| 12875 | rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has |
| 12876 | typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of |
| 12877 | integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic |
| 12878 | representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. |
| 12879 | """ |
| 12880 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12881 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12882 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12883 | """ |
| 12884 | __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition |
| 12885 | |
| 12886 | This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of |
| 12887 | rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has |
| 12888 | typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of |
| 12889 | integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic |
| 12890 | representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. |
| 12891 | """ |
| 12892 | _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12893 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition |
| 12894 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 12895 | def GetRow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12896 | """GetRow(self) -> int""" |
| 12897 | return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12898 | |
| 12899 | def GetCol(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12900 | """GetCol(self) -> int""" |
| 12901 | return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12902 | |
| 12903 | def SetRow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12904 | """SetRow(self, int row)""" |
| 12905 | return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12906 | |
| 12907 | def SetCol(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12908 | """SetCol(self, int col)""" |
| 12909 | return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12910 | |
| 12911 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12912 | """ |
| 12913 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 12914 | |
| 12915 | Compare GBPosition for equality. |
| 12916 | """ |
| 12917 | return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12918 | |
| 12919 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12920 | """ |
| 12921 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 12922 | |
| 12923 | Compare GBPosition for inequality. |
| 12924 | """ |
| 12925 | return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12926 | |
| 12927 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12928 | """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" |
| 12929 | return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12930 | |
| 12931 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12932 | """Get(self) -> PyObject""" |
| 12933 | return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12934 | |
| 12935 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 12936 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 12937 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get()) |
| 12938 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 12939 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 12940 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 12941 | if index == 0: self.SetRow(val) |
| 12942 | elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val) |
| 12943 | else: raise IndexError |
| 12944 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0) |
| 12945 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 12946 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get()) |
| 12947 | |
| 12948 | row = property(GetRow, SetRow) |
| 12949 | col = property(GetCol, SetCol) |
| 12950 | |
| 12951 | _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition) |
| 12952 | |
| 12953 | class GBSpan(object): |
| 12954 | """ |
| 12955 | This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of |
| 12956 | items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has typemaps that will |
| 12957 | automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a |
| 12958 | wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span |
| 12959 | nearly transparently in Python code. |
| 12960 | |
| 12961 | """ |
| 12962 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 12963 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 12964 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 12965 | """ |
| 12966 | __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan |
| 12967 | |
| 12968 | Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and |
| 12969 | colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one |
| 12970 | cell in each direction. |
| 12971 | """ |
| 12972 | _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 12973 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan |
| 12974 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 12975 | def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12976 | """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" |
| 12977 | return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12978 | |
| 12979 | def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12980 | """GetColspan(self) -> int""" |
| 12981 | return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12982 | |
| 12983 | def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12984 | """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" |
| 12985 | return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12986 | |
| 12987 | def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12988 | """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" |
| 12989 | return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12990 | |
| 12991 | def __eq__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 12992 | """ |
| 12993 | __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 12994 | |
| 12995 | Compare wxGBSpan for equality. |
| 12996 | """ |
| 12997 | return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 12998 | |
| 12999 | def __ne__(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13000 | """ |
| 13001 | __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool |
| 13002 | |
| 13003 | Compare GBSpan for inequality. |
| 13004 | """ |
| 13005 | return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13006 | |
| 13007 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13008 | """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" |
| 13009 | return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13010 | |
| 13011 | def Get(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13012 | """Get(self) -> PyObject""" |
| 13013 | return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13014 | |
| 13015 | asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") |
| 13016 | def __str__(self): return str(self.Get()) |
| 13017 | def __repr__(self): return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get()) |
| 13018 | def __len__(self): return len(self.Get()) |
| 13019 | def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index] |
| 13020 | def __setitem__(self, index, val): |
| 13021 | if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val) |
| 13022 | elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val) |
| 13023 | else: raise IndexError |
| 13024 | def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0) |
| 13025 | __safe_for_unpickling__ = True |
| 13026 | def __reduce__(self): return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get()) |
| 13027 | |
| 13028 | rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan) |
| 13029 | colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan) |
| 13030 | |
| 13031 | _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan) |
| 13032 | |
| 13033 | class GBSizerItem(SizerItem): |
| 13034 | """ |
| 13035 | The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about |
| 13036 | items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid |
| 13037 | and how many rows or columns it spans. |
| 13038 | |
| 13039 | """ |
| 13040 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 13041 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 13042 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 13043 | """ |
| 13044 | __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13045 | |
| 13046 | Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer |
| 13047 | size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this |
| 13048 | item can be used in a Sizer. |
| 13049 | |
| 13050 | You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they |
| 13051 | are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. |
| 13052 | """ |
| 13053 | _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 13054 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem |
| 13055 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 13056 | def GetPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13057 | """ |
| 13058 | GetPos(self) -> GBPosition |
| 13059 | |
| 13060 | Get the grid position of the item |
| 13061 | """ |
| 13062 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13063 | |
| 13064 | def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get() |
| 13065 | def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13066 | """ |
| 13067 | GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan |
| 13068 | |
| 13069 | Get the row and column spanning of the item |
| 13070 | """ |
| 13071 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13072 | |
| 13073 | def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get() |
| 13074 | def SetPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13075 | """ |
| 13076 | SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool |
| 13077 | |
| 13078 | If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that |
| 13079 | there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new |
| 13080 | position, then set the new position. Returns True if the change is |
| 13081 | successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. |
| 13082 | """ |
| 13083 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13084 | |
| 13085 | def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13086 | """ |
| 13087 | SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool |
| 13088 | |
| 13089 | If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that |
| 13090 | there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new |
| 13091 | spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns True if the change |
| 13092 | is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. |
| 13093 | |
| 13094 | """ |
| 13095 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13096 | |
| 13097 | def Intersects(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13098 | """ |
| 13099 | Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool |
| 13100 | |
| 13101 | Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. |
| 13102 | """ |
| 13103 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13104 | |
| 13105 | def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13106 | """ |
| 13107 | IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool |
| 13108 | |
| 13109 | Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. |
| 13110 | """ |
| 13111 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13112 | |
| 13113 | def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13114 | """ |
| 13115 | GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition |
| 13116 | |
| 13117 | Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. |
| 13118 | """ |
| 13119 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13120 | |
| 13121 | def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13122 | """ |
| 13123 | GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer |
| 13124 | |
| 13125 | Get the sizer this item is a member of. |
| 13126 | """ |
| 13127 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13128 | |
| 13129 | def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13130 | """ |
| 13131 | SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) |
| 13132 | |
| 13133 | Set the sizer this item is a member of. |
| 13134 | """ |
| 13135 | return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13136 | |
| 13137 | EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`") |
| 13138 | GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`") |
| 13139 | Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`") |
| 13140 | Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`") |
| 13141 | _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem) |
| 13142 | DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan |
| 13143 | |
| 13144 | def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13145 | """ |
| 13146 | GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag, |
| 13147 | int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13148 | |
| 13149 | Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. |
| 13150 | """ |
| 13151 | val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13152 | return val |
| 13153 | |
| 13154 | def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13155 | """ |
| 13156 | GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag, |
| 13157 | int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13158 | |
| 13159 | Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer |
| 13160 | """ |
| 13161 | val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13162 | return val |
| 13163 | |
| 13164 | def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13165 | """ |
| 13166 | GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, |
| 13167 | int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13168 | |
| 13169 | Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. |
| 13170 | """ |
| 13171 | val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13172 | return val |
| 13173 | |
| 13174 | class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer): |
| 13175 | """ |
| 13176 | A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a |
| 13177 | `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items |
| 13178 | is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more |
| 13179 | than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`. The total size of the |
| 13180 | virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are |
| 13181 | positioned at, adjusted for spanning. |
| 13182 | |
| 13183 | """ |
| 13184 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 13185 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 13186 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 13187 | """ |
| 13188 | __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer |
| 13189 | |
| 13190 | Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the |
| 13191 | rows and columns. |
| 13192 | """ |
| 13193 | _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 13194 | self._setOORInfo(self) |
| 13195 | |
| 13196 | def Add(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13197 | """ |
| 13198 | Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, |
| 13199 | int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem |
| 13200 | |
| 13201 | Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning |
| 13202 | more than one row or column as specified with *span*. The remaining |
| 13203 | args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. |
| 13204 | |
| 13205 | Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell |
| 13206 | position, False if something was already there. |
| 13207 | |
| 13208 | """ |
| 13209 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13210 | |
| 13211 | def AddItem(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13212 | """ |
| 13213 | Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem |
| 13214 | |
| 13215 | Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`. Returns True if |
| 13216 | the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if |
| 13217 | something was already there. |
| 13218 | """ |
| 13219 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13220 | |
| 13221 | def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13222 | """ |
| 13223 | GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size |
| 13224 | |
| 13225 | Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and |
| 13226 | vgap. Only valid after a Layout. |
| 13227 | """ |
| 13228 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13229 | |
| 13230 | def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13231 | """ |
| 13232 | GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size |
| 13233 | |
| 13234 | Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. |
| 13235 | """ |
| 13236 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13237 | |
| 13238 | def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13239 | """ |
| 13240 | SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) |
| 13241 | |
| 13242 | Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. |
| 13243 | """ |
| 13244 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13245 | |
| 13246 | def GetItemPosition(*args): |
| 13247 | """ |
| 13248 | GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition |
| 13249 | |
| 13250 | Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a |
| 13251 | window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based |
| 13252 | index of an item. |
| 13253 | """ |
| 13254 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args) |
| 13255 | |
| 13256 | def SetItemPosition(*args): |
| 13257 | """ |
| 13258 | SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool |
| 13259 | |
| 13260 | Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a |
| 13261 | window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based |
| 13262 | index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is not |
| 13263 | allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. |
| 13264 | |
| 13265 | """ |
| 13266 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args) |
| 13267 | |
| 13268 | def GetItemSpan(*args): |
| 13269 | """ |
| 13270 | GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan |
| 13271 | |
| 13272 | Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is |
| 13273 | either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a |
| 13274 | zero-based index of an item. |
| 13275 | """ |
| 13276 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args) |
| 13277 | |
| 13278 | def SetItemSpan(*args): |
| 13279 | """ |
| 13280 | SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool |
| 13281 | |
| 13282 | Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is |
| 13283 | either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a |
| 13284 | zero-based index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is |
| 13285 | not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. |
| 13286 | """ |
| 13287 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args) |
| 13288 | |
| 13289 | def FindItem(*args): |
| 13290 | """ |
| 13291 | FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13292 | |
| 13293 | Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if |
| 13294 | not found. (non-recursive) |
| 13295 | """ |
| 13296 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args) |
| 13297 | |
| 13298 | def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13299 | """ |
| 13300 | FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13301 | |
| 13302 | Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no |
| 13303 | item at that position. (non-recursive) |
| 13304 | """ |
| 13305 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13306 | |
| 13307 | def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13308 | """ |
| 13309 | FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem |
| 13310 | |
| 13311 | Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if |
| 13312 | there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond |
| 13313 | to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for |
| 13314 | layout. (non-recursive) |
| 13315 | """ |
| 13316 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13317 | |
| 13318 | def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13319 | """ |
| 13320 | CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool |
| 13321 | |
| 13322 | Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the |
| 13323 | given *item*. Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. |
| 13324 | If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for |
| 13325 | intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the |
| 13326 | position of. |
| 13327 | |
| 13328 | """ |
| 13329 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13330 | |
| 13331 | def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13332 | """ |
| 13333 | CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool |
| 13334 | |
| 13335 | Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the |
| 13336 | given position and span. Returns True if so, False if there would be |
| 13337 | no overlap. If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked |
| 13338 | for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the |
| 13339 | position of. |
| 13340 | """ |
| 13341 | return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13342 | |
| 13343 | _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer) |
| 13344 | |
| 13345 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13346 | |
| 13347 | Left = _core_.Left |
| 13348 | Top = _core_.Top |
| 13349 | Right = _core_.Right |
| 13350 | Bottom = _core_.Bottom |
| 13351 | Width = _core_.Width |
| 13352 | Height = _core_.Height |
| 13353 | Centre = _core_.Centre |
| 13354 | Center = _core_.Center |
| 13355 | CentreX = _core_.CentreX |
| 13356 | CentreY = _core_.CentreY |
| 13357 | Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained |
| 13358 | AsIs = _core_.AsIs |
| 13359 | PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf |
| 13360 | Above = _core_.Above |
| 13361 | Below = _core_.Below |
| 13362 | LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf |
| 13363 | RightOf = _core_.RightOf |
| 13364 | SameAs = _core_.SameAs |
| 13365 | Absolute = _core_.Absolute |
| 13366 | class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object): |
| 13367 | """ |
| 13368 | Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as |
| 13369 | one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. |
| 13370 | You will never need to create an instance of |
| 13371 | wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a |
| 13372 | `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints |
| 13373 | that it contains. |
| 13374 | """ |
| 13375 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 13376 | def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" |
| 13377 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 13378 | def Set(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13379 | """ |
| 13380 | Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) |
| 13381 | |
| 13382 | Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the |
| 13383 | convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. |
| 13384 | """ |
| 13385 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13386 | |
| 13387 | def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13388 | """ |
| 13389 | LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) |
| 13390 | |
| 13391 | Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an |
| 13392 | optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the |
| 13393 | other window. |
| 13394 | """ |
| 13395 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13396 | |
| 13397 | def RightOf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13398 | """ |
| 13399 | RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) |
| 13400 | |
| 13401 | Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an |
| 13402 | optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the |
| 13403 | other window. |
| 13404 | """ |
| 13405 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13406 | |
| 13407 | def Above(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13408 | """ |
| 13409 | Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) |
| 13410 | |
| 13411 | Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional |
| 13412 | margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other |
| 13413 | window. |
| 13414 | """ |
| 13415 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13416 | |
| 13417 | def Below(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13418 | """ |
| 13419 | Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) |
| 13420 | |
| 13421 | Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional |
| 13422 | margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other |
| 13423 | window. |
| 13424 | """ |
| 13425 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13426 | |
| 13427 | def SameAs(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13428 | """ |
| 13429 | SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) |
| 13430 | |
| 13431 | Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the |
| 13432 | given window, with an optional margin. |
| 13433 | """ |
| 13434 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13435 | |
| 13436 | def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13437 | """ |
| 13438 | PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) |
| 13439 | |
| 13440 | Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given |
| 13441 | window, with an optional margin. |
| 13442 | """ |
| 13443 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13444 | |
| 13445 | def Absolute(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13446 | """ |
| 13447 | Absolute(self, int val) |
| 13448 | |
| 13449 | Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. |
| 13450 | """ |
| 13451 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13452 | |
| 13453 | def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13454 | """ |
| 13455 | Unconstrained(self) |
| 13456 | |
| 13457 | Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on |
| 13458 | other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. |
| 13459 | """ |
| 13460 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13461 | |
| 13462 | def AsIs(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13463 | """ |
| 13464 | AsIs(self) |
| 13465 | |
| 13466 | Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at |
| 13467 | the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, |
| 13468 | the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important |
| 13469 | when considering panel items which are intended to have a default |
| 13470 | size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the |
| 13471 | button label. |
| 13472 | """ |
| 13473 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13474 | |
| 13475 | def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13476 | """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" |
| 13477 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13478 | |
| 13479 | def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13480 | """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" |
| 13481 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13482 | |
| 13483 | def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13484 | """SetEdge(self, int which)""" |
| 13485 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13486 | |
| 13487 | def SetValue(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13488 | """SetValue(self, int v)""" |
| 13489 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13490 | |
| 13491 | def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13492 | """GetMargin(self) -> int""" |
| 13493 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13494 | |
| 13495 | def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13496 | """SetMargin(self, int m)""" |
| 13497 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13498 | |
| 13499 | def GetValue(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13500 | """GetValue(self) -> int""" |
| 13501 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13502 | |
| 13503 | def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13504 | """GetPercent(self) -> int""" |
| 13505 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13506 | |
| 13507 | def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13508 | """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" |
| 13509 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13510 | |
| 13511 | def GetDone(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13512 | """GetDone(self) -> bool""" |
| 13513 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13514 | |
| 13515 | def SetDone(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13516 | """SetDone(self, bool d)""" |
| 13517 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13518 | |
| 13519 | def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13520 | """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" |
| 13521 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13522 | |
| 13523 | def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13524 | """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" |
| 13525 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13526 | |
| 13527 | def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13528 | """ |
| 13529 | ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool |
| 13530 | |
| 13531 | Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin |
| 13532 | """ |
| 13533 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13534 | |
| 13535 | def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13536 | """ |
| 13537 | SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool |
| 13538 | |
| 13539 | Try to satisfy constraint |
| 13540 | """ |
| 13541 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13542 | |
| 13543 | def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13544 | """ |
| 13545 | GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int |
| 13546 | |
| 13547 | Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this |
| 13548 | is not determinable, -1. |
| 13549 | """ |
| 13550 | return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13551 | |
| 13552 | Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`") |
| 13553 | Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`") |
| 13554 | MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`") |
| 13555 | OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`") |
| 13556 | OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`") |
| 13557 | Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`") |
| 13558 | Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`") |
| 13559 | Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`") |
| 13560 | _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint) |
| 13561 | |
| 13562 | class LayoutConstraints(Object): |
| 13563 | """ |
| 13564 | **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers |
| 13565 | instead. |
| 13566 | |
| 13567 | Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its |
| 13568 | layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. |
| 13569 | |
| 13570 | The class consists of the following eight constraints of class |
| 13571 | wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed |
| 13572 | directly to set the appropriate constraints. |
| 13573 | |
| 13574 | * left: represents the left hand edge of the window |
| 13575 | * right: represents the right hand edge of the window |
| 13576 | * top: represents the top edge of the window |
| 13577 | * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window |
| 13578 | * width: represents the width of the window |
| 13579 | * height: represents the height of the window |
| 13580 | * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window |
| 13581 | * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window |
| 13582 | |
| 13583 | Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship |
| 13584 | wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by |
| 13585 | looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, |
| 13586 | which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a |
| 13587 | constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be |
| 13588 | compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If |
| 13589 | the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. |
| 13590 | |
| 13591 | :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` |
| 13592 | |
| 13593 | """ |
| 13594 | thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag') |
| 13595 | __repr__ = _swig_repr |
| 13596 | left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get) |
| 13597 | top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get) |
| 13598 | right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get) |
| 13599 | bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get) |
| 13600 | width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get) |
| 13601 | height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get) |
| 13602 | centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get) |
| 13603 | centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get) |
| 13604 | def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 13605 | """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" |
| 13606 | _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs)) |
| 13607 | __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints |
| 13608 | __del__ = lambda self : None; |
| 13609 | def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13610 | """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" |
| 13611 | return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13612 | |
| 13613 | def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs): |
| 13614 | """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" |
| 13615 | return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13616 | |
| 13617 | _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints) |
| 13618 | |
| 13619 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13620 | |
| 13621 | # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not |
| 13622 | try: |
| 13623 | True |
| 13624 | except NameError: |
| 13625 | __builtins__.True = 1==1 |
| 13626 | __builtins__.False = 1==0 |
| 13627 | def bool(value): return not not value |
| 13628 | __builtins__.bool = bool |
| 13629 | |
| 13630 | |
| 13631 | |
| 13632 | # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names |
| 13633 | __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95'] = 'wxGauge' |
| 13634 | __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95'] = 'wxSlider' |
| 13635 | __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95'] = 'wxStatusBar' |
| 13636 | |
| 13637 | |
| 13638 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13639 | # Load version numbers from __version__... Ensure that major and minor |
| 13640 | # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. |
| 13641 | |
| 13642 | from __version__ import * |
| 13643 | __version__ = VERSION_STRING |
| 13644 | |
| 13645 | assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" |
| 13646 | assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" |
| 13647 | if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION: |
| 13648 | import warnings |
| 13649 | warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") |
| 13650 | |
| 13651 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13652 | |
| 13653 | # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from |
| 13654 | # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed. (We |
| 13655 | # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the |
| 13656 | # encoding we need to use as well.) |
| 13657 | # |
| 13658 | # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects |
| 13659 | # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets. Please be |
| 13660 | # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be |
| 13661 | # slightly different on different platforms. For example, please see |
| 13662 | # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences |
| 13663 | # between the common latin/roman encodings. |
| 13664 | |
| 13665 | default = _sys.getdefaultencoding() |
| 13666 | if default == 'ascii': |
| 13667 | import locale |
| 13668 | import codecs |
| 13669 | try: |
| 13670 | default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1] |
| 13671 | codecs.lookup(default) |
| 13672 | except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): |
| 13673 | default = _sys.getdefaultencoding() |
| 13674 | del locale |
| 13675 | del codecs |
| 13676 | if default: |
| 13677 | wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default) |
| 13678 | del default |
| 13679 | |
| 13680 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13681 | |
| 13682 | class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): |
| 13683 | pass |
| 13684 | |
| 13685 | class _wxPyDeadObject(object): |
| 13686 | """ |
| 13687 | Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ |
| 13688 | changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted. This should help |
| 13689 | prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. |
| 13690 | """ |
| 13691 | reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" |
| 13692 | attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." |
| 13693 | |
| 13694 | def __repr__(self): |
| 13695 | if not hasattr(self, "_name"): |
| 13696 | self._name = "[unknown]" |
| 13697 | return self.reprStr % self._name |
| 13698 | |
| 13699 | def __getattr__(self, *args): |
| 13700 | if not hasattr(self, "_name"): |
| 13701 | self._name = "[unknown]" |
| 13702 | raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name) |
| 13703 | |
| 13704 | def __nonzero__(self): |
| 13705 | return 0 |
| 13706 | |
| 13707 | |
| 13708 | |
| 13709 | class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): |
| 13710 | pass |
| 13711 | |
| 13712 | class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): |
| 13713 | """ |
| 13714 | Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is |
| 13715 | imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App |
| 13716 | object is created and initialized. These object instances will |
| 13717 | temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an |
| 13718 | exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance |
| 13719 | is ready. |
| 13720 | """ |
| 13721 | |
| 13722 | reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" |
| 13723 | attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." |
| 13724 | |
| 13725 | def __repr__(self): |
| 13726 | #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): |
| 13727 | # self._name = "[unknown]" |
| 13728 | return self.reprStr #% self._name |
| 13729 | |
| 13730 | def __getattr__(self, *args): |
| 13731 | #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): |
| 13732 | # self._name = "[unknown]" |
| 13733 | raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name ) |
| 13734 | |
| 13735 | def __nonzero__(self): |
| 13736 | return 0 |
| 13737 | |
| 13738 | |
| 13739 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13740 | |
| 13741 | def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw): |
| 13742 | """ |
| 13743 | Call the specified function after the current and pending event |
| 13744 | handlers have been completed. This is also good for making GUI |
| 13745 | method calls from non-GUI threads. Any extra positional or |
| 13746 | keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. |
| 13747 | |
| 13748 | :see: `wx.CallLater` |
| 13749 | """ |
| 13750 | app = wx.GetApp() |
| 13751 | assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' |
| 13752 | |
| 13753 | if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"): |
| 13754 | app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType() |
| 13755 | app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId, |
| 13756 | lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) ) |
| 13757 | evt = wx.PyEvent() |
| 13758 | evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId) |
| 13759 | evt.callable = callable |
| 13760 | evt.args = args |
| 13761 | evt.kw = kw |
| 13762 | wx.PostEvent(app, evt) |
| 13763 | |
| 13764 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13765 | |
| 13766 | |
| 13767 | class CallLater: |
| 13768 | """ |
| 13769 | A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable |
| 13770 | object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any |
| 13771 | positional or keyword args. The return value of the callable is |
| 13772 | availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. |
| 13773 | |
| 13774 | If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer |
| 13775 | then there is no need to hold a reference to this object. It will |
| 13776 | hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer |
| 13777 | has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when |
| 13778 | the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater |
| 13779 | object. |
| 13780 | |
| 13781 | :see: `wx.CallAfter` |
| 13782 | """ |
| 13783 | def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs): |
| 13784 | self.millis = millis |
| 13785 | self.callable = callable |
| 13786 | self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13787 | self.runCount = 0 |
| 13788 | self.running = False |
| 13789 | self.hasRun = False |
| 13790 | self.result = None |
| 13791 | self.timer = None |
| 13792 | self.Start() |
| 13793 | |
| 13794 | def __del__(self): |
| 13795 | self.Stop() |
| 13796 | |
| 13797 | |
| 13798 | def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs): |
| 13799 | """ |
| 13800 | (Re)start the timer |
| 13801 | """ |
| 13802 | self.hasRun = False |
| 13803 | if millis is not None: |
| 13804 | self.millis = millis |
| 13805 | if args or kwargs: |
| 13806 | self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs) |
| 13807 | self.Stop() |
| 13808 | self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify) |
| 13809 | self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT) |
| 13810 | self.running = True |
| 13811 | Restart = Start |
| 13812 | |
| 13813 | |
| 13814 | def Stop(self): |
| 13815 | """ |
| 13816 | Stop and destroy the timer. |
| 13817 | """ |
| 13818 | if self.timer is not None: |
| 13819 | self.timer.Stop() |
| 13820 | self.timer = None |
| 13821 | |
| 13822 | |
| 13823 | def GetInterval(self): |
| 13824 | if self.timer is not None: |
| 13825 | return self.timer.GetInterval() |
| 13826 | else: |
| 13827 | return 0 |
| 13828 | |
| 13829 | |
| 13830 | def IsRunning(self): |
| 13831 | return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning() |
| 13832 | |
| 13833 | |
| 13834 | def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs): |
| 13835 | """ |
| 13836 | (Re)set the args passed to the callable object. This is |
| 13837 | useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a |
| 13838 | new call to the same callable object but with different |
| 13839 | parameters. |
| 13840 | """ |
| 13841 | self.args = args |
| 13842 | self.kwargs = kwargs |
| 13843 | |
| 13844 | |
| 13845 | def HasRun(self): |
| 13846 | return self.hasRun |
| 13847 | |
| 13848 | def GetResult(self): |
| 13849 | return self.result |
| 13850 | |
| 13851 | def Notify(self): |
| 13852 | """ |
| 13853 | The timer has expired so call the callable. |
| 13854 | """ |
| 13855 | if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True): |
| 13856 | self.runCount += 1 |
| 13857 | self.running = False |
| 13858 | self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs) |
| 13859 | self.hasRun = True |
| 13860 | if not self.running: |
| 13861 | # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup |
| 13862 | wx.CallAfter(self.Stop) |
| 13863 | |
| 13864 | Interval = property(GetInterval) |
| 13865 | Result = property(GetResult) |
| 13866 | |
| 13867 | |
| 13868 | class FutureCall(CallLater): |
| 13869 | """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`.""" |
| 13870 | |
| 13871 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13872 | # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. |
| 13873 | # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size |
| 13874 | # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, |
| 13875 | # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead |
| 13876 | # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods |
| 13877 | # where they should be used. |
| 13878 | |
| 13879 | class __DocFilter: |
| 13880 | """ |
| 13881 | A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and |
| 13882 | functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. |
| 13883 | """ |
| 13884 | def __init__(self, globals): |
| 13885 | self._globals = globals |
| 13886 | |
| 13887 | def __call__(self, name): |
| 13888 | import types |
| 13889 | obj = self._globals.get(name, None) |
| 13890 | |
| 13891 | # only document classes and function |
| 13892 | if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]: |
| 13893 | return False |
| 13894 | |
| 13895 | # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else |
| 13896 | if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister') or name.endswith('Ptr') : |
| 13897 | return False |
| 13898 | |
| 13899 | # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class |
| 13900 | if name.find('_') != -1: |
| 13901 | cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None) |
| 13902 | methname = name.split('_')[1] |
| 13903 | if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType: |
| 13904 | return False |
| 13905 | |
| 13906 | return True |
| 13907 | |
| 13908 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13909 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13910 | |
| 13911 | # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the |
| 13912 | # "core" wx namespace |
| 13913 | from _gdi import * |
| 13914 | from _windows import * |
| 13915 | from _controls import * |
| 13916 | from _misc import * |
| 13917 | |
| 13918 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13919 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 13920 | |
| 13921 | |
| 13922 | |